-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, RE3BDFk5j4hApBz4hUTbHZhLY46bBv5svcEPw0+GHSBFmSMSdJgbuXnfProjUJWi Se9MbyPVNIY9Tn82BezKKg== 0000094845-02-000012.txt : 20020414 0000094845-02-000012.hdr.sgml : 20020414 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000094845-02-000012 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 17 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20011125 FILED AS OF DATE: 20020207 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: LEVI STRAUSS & CO CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000094845 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: APPAREL & OTHER FINISHED PRODS OF FABRICS & SIMILAR MATERIAL [2300] IRS NUMBER: 940905160 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1125 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 002-90139 FILM NUMBER: 02529998 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1155 BATTERY ST CITY: SAN FRANCISCO STATE: CA ZIP: 94111 BUSINESS PHONE: 4155446000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1155 BATTERY STREET CITY: SAN FRAINCISCO STATE: CA ZIP: 94111 10-K 1 body10k.txt FORM 10-K ________________________________________________________________________________ SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ______________________ FORM 10-K (Mark One) [x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 or [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 25, 2001 Commission file number: 333-36234 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) DELAWARE 94-0905160 (State or Other Jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer Incorporation or Organization) Identification No.) 1155 BATTERY STREET, SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (415) 501-6000 (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No --- --- Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (P. 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [x] The Company is privately held. Nearly all of its common equity is owned by members of the families of several descendants of the Company's founder, Levi Strauss. There is no trading in the common equity and therefore an aggregate market value based on sales or bid and asked prices is not determinable. Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. Common Stock $.01 par value ------ 37,278,238 shares outstanding on February 1, 2002 Documents incorporated by reference: None
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. TABLE OF CONTENTS TO FORM 10-K FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 25, 2001 PART I PAGE ---- Item 1. Business...................................................................................................... 3 Item 2. Properties.................................................................................................... 12 Item 3. Legal Proceedings............................................................................................. 14 Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders........................................................... 14 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters......................................... 15 Item 6. Selected Financial Data....................................................................................... 16 Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................ 18 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.................................................... 37 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data................................................................... 43 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.......................... 79 PART III Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant............................................................ 80 Item 11. Executive Compensation........................................................................................ 84 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management................................................ 89 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................................................................ 93 PART IV Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.............................................. 94 SIGNATURES.............................................................................................................. 100 Financial Statement Schedules........................................................................................... 102 Supplemental Information................................................................................................ 103
2 PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW We are one of the world's leading branded apparel companies with sales in more than 100 countries. We design and market jeans and jeans-related pants, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories for men, women and children under our Levi's(R) and Dockers(R) brands. Our products are distributed in the United States ("U.S.") primarily through chain retailers and department stores and abroad primarily through department stores and specialty retailers. We also maintain a network of approximately 840 franchised or independently owned stores dedicated to our products outside the U.S. and operate a small number of company-owned stores.
LEVI'S(R) BRAND DOCKERS(R) BRAND --------------- ---------------- PRODUCTS: Men's, women's and kids'-- Men's, women's and boys'-- jeans, jeans-related products, casual and dress pants, knits and woven tops, outerwear shorts, skirts, knit and and accessories woven tops, outerwear and accessories GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS: Men's and women's-- global Men's and women's-- global Kids'-- primarily U.S. Boys'-- U.S. only PERCENTAGE OF 2001 NET SALES: 75% 25%
Our business is currently organized into three geographic divisions: the Americas, consisting of the U.S., Canada and Latin America; Europe, including the Middle East and Africa; and Asia Pacific. Our operations in the U.S. are conducted primarily through Levi Strauss & Co., while our operations outside the U.S. are conducted primarily through foreign subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly by Levi Strauss & Co. In fiscal year 2001, we had net sales of $4.3 billion, of which the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific accounted for 67%, 25% and 8%, respectively. (FOR MORE FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT OUR OPERATIONS OUTSIDE THE U.S., SEE NOTE 18 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) In fiscal year 2000, we had net sales of $4.6 billion. OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY Our primary strategic goals are to continue stabilizing our business and resume profitable growth. We believe achievement of these objectives will help us increase our financial strength and flexibility and meet our goal of regaining investment grade ratings on our debt securities. To achieve these goals, we have several key business strategies. REINVIGORATE OUR BRANDS THROUGH PRODUCT INNOVATION AND INCREASED CONSUMER AND CHANNEL RELEVANCE We believe that an integrated presentation of new and innovative products and marketing programs targeted to specific consumer and retail segments is crucial to generating consumer demand and increasing sales for our products. We intend to: o focus on aggressively updating our core products and creating new products that incorporate superior fit, design and performance innovations, and new fabrics and finishes that draw on our long heritage of originality in product design and fabrication; o design and market products at competitive price points that are relevant to a wide range of consumer segments, from teenagers and trend initiators who demand fashion-forward styles, to urban professionals who desire sophisticated casual wear, as well as to the broad group of consumers who want mainstream, quality branded jeanswear and khaki pants for everyday and business wear; o capitalize on our global brand recognition and marketing capabilities by adopting successful products and design concepts developed in one region and introducing them to other geographic markets in which we operate; 3 o target our product offerings to specific distribution channels in order to reach discrete consumer segments, strengthen our position in our existing channels, create a shopping experience that is easy and appealing and address shifts in retail distribution channels in the U.S., Europe and Japan; and o develop product-focused marketing programs using both traditional advertising vehicles such as television, print and point-of-sale materials and other vehicles such as concert sponsorships, product placement and Internet sites. ACHIEVE OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE We are implementing strategies and processes for lowering our worldwide sourcing costs and more effectively fulfilling product demand and replenishing core items. We intend to: o improve operational flexibility and speed to market through better coordination of our design, merchandising, forecasting, sourcing and logistics processes; o improve the linkage of product supply to consumer demand and our ability to ship product orders in a timely manner; o improve our product sourcing and operating efficiencies to reduce product costs through product reengineering, product line rationalization, process simplification, enhanced system capabilities and taking advantage of our global scale; and o focus on working capital control through improved forecasting, inventory management and product mix. IMPROVE OUR RELATIONSHIPS WITH OUR CUSTOMERS AND UPGRADE THE PRESENTATION OF OUR PRODUCTS AT RETAIL We distribute our products in a wide variety of retail formats around the world including chain and department stores, franchise stores dedicated to our brands and specialty retailers. Through better relationships and collaborative business planning with our customers, we must ensure that the right products are available and in-stock at retail, and are presented in ways that enhance brand appeal and attract consumers. We intend to: o generate better economics for our retail customers in terms of sales and margins; o engage in more collaborative planning with our retail customers to achieve better product assortment, availability and inventory management; o sell where consumers shop by increasing our distribution in all of the regions where we operate; o offer effective marketing and sales support programs; and o improve the presentation of our product through new retailing formats, better fixtures and visual merchandising, on-floor merchandising services and other sales-area upgrade programs. We believe we can execute these strategies through adhering to our core values to achieve our vision of marketing the most appealing and widely worn casual clothing in the world. OUR BRANDS AND PRODUCTS We market a broad line of branded jeanswear, casual wear and dress pants that appeal to diverse demographic groups in markets around the world. Through a number of sub-brands and product lines under the Levi's(R) and Dockers(R) brands, we target specific consumer segments and provide product differentiation for our retail customers in our distribution channels. We focus on creating new, innovative products relevant to our target consumers, as well as ensuring that our core, traditional products are updated with new fits, finishes, fabrications and colors. We strive to leverage our global brand recognition, product design and marketing capabilities by taking products and design concepts developed in one region and introducing them in other geographic markets. 4 LEVI'S(R) BRAND We market jeans and jeans-related products under the Levi's(R) brand around the world. Since their invention in 1873, Levi's(R) jeans have become one of the most successful and widely recognized brands in the history of the apparel industry. In fiscal year 2001, sales of our Levi's(R) brand products represented approximately 75% of our net sales, and accounted for approximately 66% of net sales in the Americas, approximately 91% of net sales in Europe and approximately 95% of net sales in Asia Pacific. Our Levi's(R) brand features a wide range of product offerings including: o RED TAB(TM) PRODUCTS. Our Red Tab(TM) product line, identified by our Tab Device trademark on the back pocket, encompasses a variety of core jeans with different fits, fabrics (including denim, corduroy and others) and finishes intended to appeal to a wide range of consumers. Our core line is anchored by the classic 501(R) button-fly jean, the best-selling five-pocket jean in history. Other products include Levi's(R) Superlow jeans, 569(R) jeans, 579(TM) baggy-fit jeans and Levi's(R) Nouveau jeans. We distribute Red Tab(TM) jeans, tops, jackets and other products worldwide through many of our distribution channels. o LEVI'S(R) ENGINEERED JEANS(TM). Developed in Europe, Levi's(R) Engineered Jeans(TM) represent our reinvention of the blue jean and the first international jeanswear launch in our history. These jeans are ergonomically engineered to fit the body's contours and have a three-dimensional shape that we believe provides innovative design, unique style, superior comfort and ease of movement. We target Levi's(R) Engineered Jeans(TM) and related tops, jackets and other products to 20- to 24-year-olds in Asia, Europe and the Americas primarily through independent retailers, specialty stores and Levi's Store(R) retail shops. o SILVERTAB(R) PRODUCTS. Our Silvertab(R) line targets 15- to 19-year-olds, offering an urban-inspired product range featuring premium denim finishes and technologically advanced fabrics, such as micro canvas and "slicky" twill. We distribute Silvertab(R) jeans and other products primarily through department stores and Levi's Store(R) retail shops in the Americas. o OTHER PRODUCTS. Other Levi's(R)brand products include: Levi's(R)Vintage Clothing for jean "aficionados," a premium line available through high-end specialty stores and independent retailers in Europe, Asia and the U.S., and the Levi's(R)Red(TM)collection, a product designed to reflect both our heritage and modern design concepts. DOCKERS(R) BRAND We market casual clothing, primarily pants and tops, under the Dockers(R) brand, in more than 40 countries. We launched the brand in 1986 to address an emerging consumer interest in khaki pants. We believe that the Dockers(R) brand, through its product offering and marketing, played a major role in the resurgence of khaki pants and the movement toward casual attire in the workplace by helping create a standard for business casual clothing. In fiscal year 2001, sales of Dockers(R) brand products represented approximately 25% of our net sales, accounting for approximately 34% of net sales in the Americas, approximately 9% of net sales in Europe and approximately 5% of net sales in Asia Pacific. Our Dockers(R) brand offerings are primarily targeted to men and women ages 25 to 39 and include: o DOCKERS(R) BRAND. Dockers(R) brand products are the core line of the brand. They include a broad range of casual pants and are complemented by a variety of tops and seasonal pant products in a range of fits, fabrics, colors, styles and performance features. New for 2001 was the innovative Dockers(R) Mobile(TM) Pant that features "invisible" storage pockets for discreetly carrying hi-tech gadgets, while maintaining a tailored look and feel. We distribute Dockers(R) brand products in the Americas, Europe and Asia through a variety of channels, including department stores and chain stores. o DOCKERS(R)PREMIUM. The Dockers(R)Premium pant line includes a range of cotton pants constructed from premium fabrics with sophisticated details in a range of finishes, fits, styles and colors. We distribute these products through J.C. Penney Company, Inc. and department stores in the U.S. 5 o SLATES(R), A DOCKERS(R)BRAND. This Dockers(R)-endorsed line of dress pants for men offers dressier style and premium fabrics that are appropriate for more formal occasions. We position the brand between casual pants and tailored clothing and design and market it to meet the 30- to 39-year-old consumer's desire for stylish value. The Slates(R)brand "Fitzgerald," a poly-wool gabardine pant, remained in 2001 the top-selling individual slack sold in U.S. department stores for the fifth consecutive year. We work with licensees to develop and market complementary products under the Slates(R)name, including a broad assortment of knit and woven tops, dress shirts, sweaters, hosiery, ties, sportcoats and suit separates. This line is distributed to department stores and specialty stores in the U.S. o OTHER PRODUCTS. Our other Dockers(R) product lines include Exact(R), a dress pant line available through chain stores in the U.S.; Dockers(R) Recode(R), a range of casual and dress casual pants and shirts sold exclusively in U.S. department stores; Dockers(R)K-1 Khakis, a premium khaki pant made from the original Cramerton(R) army cloth and sold in Europe and Asia; and Dockers(R) Boys' products distributed in the U.S. and targeted towards boys ages 4 to 14. We work with established licensees to develop and market complementary products under the Dockers(R) brand, including outerwear and leather goods, men's and women's footwear, men's sweaters, hosiery and golf apparel. SALES, DISTRIBUTION AND CUSTOMERS We distribute our products on a worldwide basis through selected retail channels, including chain stores, department stores, specialty stores, dedicated franchised stores, outlets, Internet sites and mail-order catalogs. Our distribution strategy focuses on: o strengthening our retail relationships and presence through improving collaborative account planning and product replenishment, generating better economics for retailers in terms of sales and margins, achieving better performance against delivery and other service requirements, and providing products targeted for their core consumers; and o creating a shopping experience that is easy and appealing through improving the presentation of our products at retail by introducing new retailing formats, visual merchandising, executing new fixtures, improving point-of-sale and on-product and other sales-area upgrade programs and providing on-floor merchandising services. AMERICAS In the Americas, we distribute our products through national and regional chains, department stores, specialty stores and Levi's Store(R)retail shops. We have approximately 3,200 retail customers operating more than 18,900 locations in the U.S. and Canada. Sales of Levi's(R)and Dockers(R)products to our top five and top ten customers in the U.S. accounted for approximately 37% and 47% of our total net sales in fiscal year 2001, and approximately 55% and 71% of our Americas net sales in fiscal year 2001, as compared to approximately 36% and 48% of our total net sales in fiscal year 2000, and approximately 54% and 70% of our Americas net sales in fiscal year 2000. Net sales in the U.S. accounted for approximately 93% of our Americas net sales in fiscal year 2001. Our top ten customers in fiscal year 2001, on both an Americas and total company basis, were (in alphabetical order): Designs, Inc., Dillards, Inc., Federated Department Stores, Inc., Goody's Family Clothing, Inc., J.C. Penney Company, Inc., Kohl's Corporation, The May Department Stores Company, the Mervyn's unit of Target Corporation, Sears, Roebuck & Co. and Specialty Retailers. J.C. Penney Company, Inc. is the only customer that represented more than 10% of our total net sales, accounting for 13%, 12% and 11% of our total net sales in fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. We also target limited distribution premium products like Levi's(R) Vintage Clothing to independent, image-conscious specialty stores in major metropolitan areas who cater to more fashion-forward, trend-influential consumers. EUROPE Our European customers include large department stores, such as El Corte Ingles in Spain, Galeries Lafayette in France and Karstadt/Hertie in Germany; dedicated, single-brand Levi's Store(R) and Dockers(R) Store retail shops; mail order accounts; and a substantial number of independent retailers operating either a single or small group of jeans-focused stores or general clothing stores. We depend for nearly half our European sales on these independent retailers, who are under increasing pressure from both vertically integrated specialty stores and department stores. The more varied and fragmented nature of European retailing means that we are less dependent on major customers than we are in the U.S. In fiscal year 2001, our top ten European customers accounted for approximately 9% of our total European net sales. 6 ASIA PACIFIC In Asia Pacific, we generate over half of our sales through the specialty store channel, which includes multi-brand as well as independently owned Levi's Store(R) retail shops. The rest of our products are sold through department stores and general merchandise stores. As in Europe, the varied and fragmented nature of Asian retailing means we are less dependent on individual customers in the region. Our Asia Pacific business is heavily weighted toward Japan, which represented approximately 55% of our 2001 net sales in the region. DEDICATED STORES We have a network of approximately 840 franchised or other independently owned stores selling Levi's(R) brand or Dockers(R) brand products under the "Original Levi's Store(R)," "Levi's(R) Store" and "Dockers(R) Store" names in Europe, Asia, Canada and Latin America. These dedicated-format stores are strategically important as vehicles for demonstrating the breadth of our product line, enhancing brand image and generating sales. These stores also are an important distribution channel in newer and smaller markets in Eastern Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America. We own and operate a small number of stores dedicated to the Levi's(R) brand, including stores in the U.S. located in New York, Chicago, Orange County, San Francisco, San Diego, Boston and Seattle and in Europe located in London, Milan, Paris and Berlin. We also own in the U.S. and Japan, and license third parties in the U.S. and abroad to operate outlet stores for the disposition of closeout, irregular and return goods. Sales through our outlet channels in the U.S. represent less than 5% of our total net sales. We use the outlet store channel to support our brands by moving closeout and irregular goods as quickly as possible through the stores and by reducing the flow of goods to channels that are not consistent with our brand image and distribution strategies. INTERNET We operate web sites devoted to the Levi's(R) and Dockers(R) brands as marketing vehicles to enhance consumer understanding of our brands. We do not sell products directly to consumers through these Internet web sites. In the U.S., our products are currently sold online through specifically authorized third party Internet sites that meet our standards, such as www.macys.com, operated by Federated Department Stores, Inc., www.jcpenney.com and www.kohls.com., and visitors can link to authorized sites through our sites. In Canada and Europe, authorized dealers and mail order accounts who meet our standards relating to customer service, return policy, site content, trademark use and other matters may sell our products to consumers through their own Internet sites. ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION We make substantial expenditures on advertising, retail and promotion activities in support of our brands to increase consumer relevance and to drive consumer demand. We expensed approximately $357.0 million, or 8.4% of total net sales, on these activities in fiscal year 2001. We advertise through a broad mix of media, including television, national publications, billboards and other outdoor vehicles. We execute region-specific marketing programs that are based on globally-consistent brand values. This approach allows us to achieve consistent brand positioning while allowing flexibility to optimize program execution in local markets. Our marketing strategy focuses on: o developing clear consumer value propositions for product development and messaging in order to differentiate our brands and products; o developing integrated marketing programs that effectively coordinate product launches and promotions with specific traditional and non-traditional advertising and retail point of sales activities; o creating superior quality, product-focused advertising; and o enhancing presentation of product at retail through innovative retail initiatives. 7 We also use less traditional marketing vehicles, including event and music sponsorships, product placement in television shows, music videos and films and alternative marketing techniques, including street-level and nightclub events and similar targeted, small-scale activities. Recent activities include the summer and fall 2001 U.S. tour of the Levi's(R) "Make Them Your Own Zone," a custom-built tractor-trailer featuring games, product displays, video "style-cam," and karaoke that travels to concert venues, lifestyle festivals and retail locations. COMPETITION The worldwide apparel industry is highly competitive and fragmented. In all three of our regional markets, we compete with numerous branded manufacturers, retailer private labels, designers and vertically integrated specialty store retailers. The success of our business depends on our ability to: o develop innovative, high-quality products in fits, finishes, fabrics and performance features that appeal to a broad range of consumers; o anticipate and respond to changing consumer demands in a timely manner; o maintain favorable brand recognition; o generate better economics for our customers in terms of sales and margins; o ensure product availability through effective planning and replenishment collaboration with retailers; o offer competitively priced products; o provide strong and effective marketing support; and o obtain sufficient retail floor space and effective presentation of products at retail. We believe our competitive strengths include: o strong worldwide brand recognition; o competitive product innovation, quality and value; o long-standing relationships with leading retailers worldwide; o our network of franchised and other dedicated retail shops in Europe, Asia, Canada and Latin America; and o our commitment to ethical conduct and social responsibility. We believe that the total unit sales of Levi's(R) brand jeans in the U.S. is second only to the combined total unit sales in the U.S. of VF Corporation's principal jeans brands, Wrangler, Lee and Rustler. We believe that the total unit sales of Levi's(R) brand jeans on a pan-European basis and on a pan-Asia Pacific basis is greater than the total unit sales of jeans of any single brand in those regions and that there is no single competitor offering multiple brands with greater total sales of jeans in either of those regions. AMERICAS We face intense competition across all of our brands from vertically integrated specialty stores, mass merchandisers, retailer private labels, designer labels and other branded labels. We sell both basic and fashion-oriented products under the Levi's(R) and Dockers(R) brands to retailers in diverse channels across a wide range of retail price points. As a result, we face a wide range of competitors, including: o other jeanswear manufacturers, including VF Corporation, marketer of the Wrangler, Lee and Rustler brands; o fashion-oriented designer apparel marketers, including Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation, Calvin Klein, Nautica Enterprises, Guess?, Inc. and Tommy Hilfiger Corp.; o vertically integrated specialty stores, including Gap Inc., Abercrombie & Fitch, American Eagle Outfitters Inc., J. Crew and Eddie Bauer, Inc.; o fashion-forward jeanswear brands that appeal to the youth market, including the L.E.I., MUDD, FUBU, Lucky and Diesel brands among others; o casual wear marketers, including Haggar Corp., Liz Claiborne, Inc. and TSI International, maker of Savanne and Farah products; o retailer private labels, including J.C. Penney Company, Inc.'s Arizona brand and Sears, Roebuck & Co.'s Canyon River Blues and Canyon River Khakis brands; and o mass merchandisers, including Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Target Corporation and Kmart Corporation. 8 EUROPE While there is no one particular brand with a strong pan-European presence, strong local brands and retailers exist in certain markets, including Diesel in Italy and Scandinavia, Pepe in Spain and Lee Cooper in France. Zara, Hennes & Mauritz AB, Energie and other vertically integrated specialty retailers, and athletic wear firms such as adidas-Salomon, also offer competitive products and are an increasing and effective competitive force in the market. Our principal U.S. competitors, including Gap Inc. and VF Corporation, also compete in Europe. ASIA PACIFIC Competitors in the jeanswear market consist of both regional brands, such as Edwin, our principal competitor in Japan, and U.S. brands, including Lee, Wrangler and Guess? which offer basic products available in local markets. Competitors in both jeanswear and casual apparel also include vertically integrated specialty stores, such as UNIQLO, Gap Inc., Esprit and Eddie Bauer in Japan, and Giordano, a more value-focused retailer that operates throughout the region. SOURCING, MANUFACTURING AND RAW MATERIALS Our supply chain strategy focuses on the linkage of our product supply to consumer demand and improving our ability to ship product orders in a timely and complete manner. We obtain our products from a combination of company-owned facilities and independent manufacturers. Since 1997, we shifted our sourcing base substantially toward outsourcing by closing 29 company-owned production and finishing facilities in North America and Europe. We are now discussing with our unions in the U.S. potential additional closures of manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and are consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. We believe that outsourcing allows us to maintain production flexibility while avoiding the substantial capital expenditures and costs related to maintaining a large internal production capability. Each of our operating regions operates a supply chain organization focused on ensuring cost effective on-time delivery of product by managing execution from design handoff to delivery at retail. The supply chain organization includes demand forecasting, product development from design to manufacturing-ready, product management, supplier relationships, manufacturing, quality control and logistics support. Within our brands in each region, merchandisers and designers create seasonal product plans that are driven by consumer preferences, market trends and retail customer requirements. During the development phase, the merchandisers and designers work closely with the product managers to ensure manufacturing specifications and cost meet requirements for each product in the seasonal plan. They also consult with forecast specialists and sales representatives to determine the potential unit volume for the fashion and replenishment products in the plan. Once the brand's seasonal plan is finalized, product managers focus on delivering the products to retail. We purchase the fabric and raw materials used in our business, particularly denim and twill, from several suppliers, including Cone Mills, Galey & Lord, including its Swift Denim subsidiary, American Cotton Growers and Burlington Industries, Inc. In addition, we purchase thread, trim, buttons, zippers, snaps and various other product components from numerous suppliers. We do not have long-term raw materials or production contracts with any of our principal suppliers, except for Cone Mills, which is the sole worldwide supplier of the denim used for our 501(R) jeans, and which supplied approximately 25%, 26% and 22% in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, of the total volume of fabrics we purchased worldwide. Our contract with Cone Mills provides for a rolling five-year term unless either Cone Mills or we elect not to extend the agreement, upon which the agreement will terminate at the end of the then-current term. The contract also ensures our supply for three years following a change of control of Cone Mills. We may terminate the Cone Mills contract at any time upon 30 days notice. We have not experienced any material difficulty in obtaining fabric and other raw materials to meet production needs in the past. The U.S. textile industry had a very difficult year in 2001. The slowdown in the retail market and competition from foreign mills has resulted in a significant drop in demand for U.S. produced fabrics and a deterioration of mill profit margins. Several U.S. mills have filed for bankruptcy protection. On November 15, 2001, Burlington Industries, Inc., our third largest supplier, filed for bankruptcy protection. We have not experienced any material disruption as a result of this action. In fiscal year 2001, we purchased approximately 70% of our total volume of fabrics from U.S. fabric mills. We believe that the troubled U.S. textile industry does not present a significant risk to us as we are able to take advantage of our diverse supplier base and global sourcing opportunities. 9 In the majority of cases, our purchased fabrics are shipped directly from fabric manufacturers to our own manufacturing plants, or directly to third party contractors for garment construction. In these traditional "Cut-Make-Trim" arrangements, we retain ownership of the fabric throughout the manufacturing process. We use numerous independent manufacturers, principally in Latin America and Asia, for the production of our garments. We also use contractors who both produce or purchase fabric, sew and finish the garments. These "package" contractors represent a growing portion of our production and enable us to reduce working capital relating to work-in-process inventories. We typically conduct business with our contractors on an order-by-order basis. We inspect fabrics and finished goods as part of our quality control program to ensure that consumers receive products that meet our high standards. We require all third party contractors who manufacture or finish products on our behalf to abide by a stringent code of conduct that sets guidelines for employment practices such as wages and benefits, working hours, health and safety, working age and disciplinary practices, and for environmental, ethical and legal matters. We assess working conditions and contractors' compliance with our standards on a regular basis and implement improvement plans as needed. We operate 21 dedicated distribution centers in 17 countries, as well as outsourcing a small amount of distribution activities to third party logistics providers. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods from our plants and contractors, inspecting those products and shipping them to our customers. TRADEMARKS We regard our trademarks as our most valuable assets and believe they have substantial value in the marketing of our products. Levi's(R), Silvertab(R), 501(R), Dockers(R), Slates(R), the Arcuate trademark, the Tab Device and the Two Horse(R) design are among our core trademarks. We protect these trademarks by registering them with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and with governmental agencies in other countries where our products are manufactured and sold. We work vigorously to enforce and protect our trademark rights by engaging in regular market reviews, helping local law enforcement authorities detect and prosecute counterfeiters, issuing cease-and-desist letters against third parties infringing or denigrating our trademarks and initiating litigation as necessary. We also work with trade groups and industry participants seeking to strengthen laws relating to the protection of intellectual property rights in markets around the world. We grant licenses to other parties to manufacture and sell products with our trademarks in product categories and in geographic areas in which we do not operate. SEASONALITY AND BACKLOG Our sales do not vary substantially by quarter in any of our three regions, as the apparel industry has become less seasonal due to more frequent selling seasons and offerings of both basic and fashion oriented merchandise throughout the year. In addition, all of our orders are subject to cancellation. For those reasons, our order backlog may not be indicative of future shipments. SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY We have a long-standing corporate culture characterized by ethical conduct and social responsibility. Our culture and our core values are reflected in policies and initiatives that we believe distinguish us from others in the apparel industry. We were a pioneer in many social and cultural areas: o We were the first multinational company to develop a comprehensive code of conduct intended to ensure that workers making our products anywhere in the world would do so in safe and healthy working conditions and be treated with dignity and respect. o Our commitment to social justice is highlighted by a unique initiative that addresses racial prejudice and seeks to improve race relations by supporting community organizations working together to eliminate racism. o We were among the first companies to offer employee benefits such as flexible time-off policies and domestic partner benefits. o We have been a leader in promoting AIDS awareness and education since 1982. 10 o We responded immediately to the needs of those affected by the tragedies of the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 by providing grants to numerous agencies and providing product donations for the rescue workers. o We conducted our second annual Volunteer Day in 2001 and expanded it across the U.S., Canada and some parts of Latin America. More than 2,600 employees volunteered for over 10,000 hours benefiting 40 non-profit agencies. We are active in the communities where we have a presence. We and the Levi Strauss Foundation jointly contributed $13.6 million during fiscal year 2001 to community agencies in more than 40 countries to support employee volunteerism and programs in AIDS prevention and care, economic empowerment, youth empowerment and social justice. In addition, we support more than 80 community involvement teams worldwide that facilitate employee volunteerism and raise funds for community projects. EMPLOYEES As of November 25, 2001, we employed approximately 16,700 employees, about 8,600 of whom were located in the U.S. Most of our production and distribution employees in the U.S. are covered by various collective bargaining agreements. Outside the U.S., most of our production and distribution employees are covered by either industry-sponsored and/or state-sponsored collective bargaining mechanisms. We consider our relations with our employees to be good and have not recently experienced any material job actions or labor shortages. 11 ITEM 2. PROPERTIES We conduct manufacturing, distribution and administrative activities in owned and leased facilities. We have renewal rights in most of our property leases. We anticipate that we will be able to extend these leases on terms satisfactory to us or, if necessary, locate substitute facilities on acceptable terms. We believe our facilities and equipment are in good condition and are suitable for our needs. Information about manufacturing, finishing and distribution facilities and other key operating properties in use as of November 25, 2001 is summarized in the following table:
LOCATION PRIMARY USE LEASED/OWNED - -------- ----------- ------------ UNITED STATES Little Rock, AR.......................................................... Distribution Owned Hebron, KY............................................................... Distribution Owned Canton, MS............................................................... Distribution Owned Henderson, NV............................................................ Distribution Owned San Antonio, TX.......................................................... Finishing Owned San Antonio, TX.......................................................... Manufacturing Owned San Francisco, CA........................................................ Manufacturing Owned Blue Ridge, GA........................................................... Manufacturing Owned Powell, TN............................................................... Manufacturing Owned Brownsville, TX.......................................................... Manufacturing Leased El Paso ,TX............................................................. Manufacturing Owned San Benito, TX........................................................... Manufacturing Owned Westlake, TX............................................................. Data Center Leased OTHER AMERICAS Buenos Aires, Argentina.................................................. Distribution Leased Etobicoke, Canada....................................................... Distribution Owned Stoney Creek, Canada..................................................... Manufacturing Owned Brantford, Canada........................................................ Finishing Leased Edmonton, Canada......................................................... Manufacturing Leased Naucalpan, Mexico........................................................ Distribution Leased EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA Schoten, Belgium......................................................... Distribution Leased Les Ulis, France......................................................... Distribution Leased Heustenstamm, Germany.................................................... Distribution Owned Kiskunhalas, Hungary..................................................... Manufacturing and Finishing Owned Copenhagen, Denmark...................................................... Distribution Leased Milan, Italy............................................................. Distribution Leased Amsterdam, Netherlands................................................... Distribution Leased Plock, Poland............................................................ Manufacturing and Finishing Leased Warsaw, Poland........................................................... Distribution Leased Dundee, Scotland......................................................... Manufacturing Owned Bellshill, Scotland...................................................... Finishing Owned Northampton, U.K......................................................... Distribution Owned Cape Town, South Africa.................................................. Manufacturing, Finishing and Leased Distribution Sabedell, Spain.......................................................... Distribution Leased Bonmati, Spain........................................................... Manufacturing Owned Olvega, Spain............................................................ Manufacturing Owned Helsingborg, Sweden...................................................... Distribution Owned Corlu, Turkey............................................................ Manufacturing, Finishing and Owned Distribution ASIA PACIFIC Auckland, New Zealand.................................................... Distribution Leased Adelaide, Australia...................................................... Manufacturing and Leased Distribution Brisbane, Australia...................................................... Distribution Leased Sydney, Australia........................................................ Distribution Leased Karawang, Indonesia...................................................... Finishing Leased Hiratsuka Japan.......................................................... Distribution Owned Makati, Philippines...................................................... Manufacturing Leased
12 Our global headquarters and the headquarters of our Americas business are both located in leased premises in San Francisco, California. Our Europe and Asia Pacific headquarters are located in leased premises in Brussels, Belgium and Singapore. We also lease or own over 87 administrative and sales offices in 33 countries, as well as lease a number of small warehouses in seven countries. In addition, we have 57 company-operated retail and outlet stores in ten countries in leased premises, of which eight are outlet stores in the United States, and 13 are stores located in Poland. We also own or lease a few facilities we formerly operated and have closed. We are now discussing with our unions in the United States potential closures of manufacturing facilities in the United States and are consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. 13 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are subject to claims against us, and we make claims against others, in the ordinary course of our business, including claims arising from the use of our trademarks and with respect to employment matters. We do not believe that the resolution of any pending claims will materially adversely affect our business. ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders during our 2001 fiscal fourth quarter. 14 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS (a) Our shares of common stock are held by members of the families of several descendants of our founder, Levi Strauss, and by several former members of our management. There is no established public trading market for our shares and none of our shares are convertible into shares of any other class of stock or other securities. All shares of our common stock are deposited in a voting trust, a legal arrangement that transfers the voting power of the shares to a trustee or group of trustees. The four voting trustees are Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., Robert D. Haas and F. Warren Hellman. The voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take certain other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Our equity holders who, as a result of the voting trust, legally hold "voting trust certificates", not stock, retain the right to direct the trustees on specified mergers and business combinations, liquidations, sales of substantially all of our assets and specified amendments to our certificate of incorporation. The voting trust will last until April 2011, unless the trustees unanimously decide, or holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates decide, to terminate it earlier. If Robert D. Haas ceases to be a trustee for any reason, then the question of whether to continue the voting trust will be decided by the holders. If Peter E. Haas, Sr. ceases to be a trustee, his successor will be his spouse, Miriam L. Haas. The existing trustees will select the successors to the other trustees. The agreement among the stockholders and the trustees creating the voting trust contemplates that, in selecting successor trustees, the trustees will attempt to select individuals who share a common vision with the sponsors of the 1996 transaction that gave rise to the voting trust, represent and reflect the financial and other interests of the equity holders and bring a balance of perspectives to the trustee group as a whole. A trustee may be removed if the other three trustees unanimously vote for removal or if holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates vote for removal. Our common stock, as noted, and the voting trust certificates, are not publicly held or traded. All shares and the voting trust certificates are subject to a stockholders' agreement. The agreement, which expires in April 2016, limits the transfer of shares and certificates to other holders, family members, specified charities and foundations and to us. The agreement does not provide for registration rights or other contractual devices for forcing a public sale of shares, certificates or other access to liquidity. The scheduled expiration date of the stockholders' agreement is five years later than that of the voting trust agreement in order to permit an orderly transition from effective control by the voting trust trustees to direct control by the stockholders. We may hold "annual stockholders' meetings" to which all voting trust certificate holders are invited to attend. These meetings are not a "meeting of stockholders" in the traditional corporate law sense; under the voting trust agreement, the trustees, not the voting trust certificate holders, elect the directors and vote the shares on most other corporate matters. In addition, the meetings are not official formal meetings, under the voting trust agreement, of the voting trust certificate holders. Instead, these annual gatherings are opportunities for the voting trust certificate holders to interact with the board of directors and management and to learn more about our business. (b) As of January 1, 2002, there were 166 record holders of voting trust certificates. (c) We did not declare or pay any dividends in our two most recent fiscal years. Our current bank credit facilities prohibit our declaring or paying any dividends without first obtaining consents from our lenders. In addition, in January 2001 we entered into indentures relating to our 11.625% senior notes due 2008 that limit our paying any dividends. For more detailed information about our bank credit facilities and senior notes, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 15 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following table summarizes selected financial data. The following selected statements of income data and cash flow data for fiscal years 2001, 2000, 1999, 1998 and 1997 and the consolidated statement of balance sheet data of such periods are derived from our financial statements that have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those financial statements, included elsewhere in this report. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2001 presentation.
YEAR ENDED ---------- NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, NOVEMBER 28, NOVEMBER 29, NOVEMBER 30, 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: Net sales........................ $4,258,674 $4,645,126 $5,139,458 $5,958,635 $6,861,482 Cost of goods sold............... 2,461,198 2,690,170 3,180,845 3,433,081 3,962,719 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Gross profit..................... 1,797,476 1,954,956 1,958,613 2,525,554 2,898,763 Marketing, general and administrative expenses........ 1,355,885 1,481,718 1,629,845 1,834,058 2,045,938 Other operating (income)......... (33,420) (32,380) (24,387) (25,310) (26,769) Excess capacity/restructuring charges (reversals)(1)................... (4,286) (33,144) 497,683 250,658 386,792 Global Success Sharing Plan(2) .. -- -- (343,873) 90,564 114,833 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating income................. 479,297 538,762 199,345 375,584 377,969 Interest expense................. 230,772 234,098 182,978 178,035 212,358 Other (income) expense, net...... 8,836 (39,016) 7,868 34,849 (18,670) ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Income before taxes.............. 239,689 343,680 8,499 162,700 184,281 Income tax expense............... 88,685 120,288 3,144 60,198 46,070 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income....................... $ 151,004 $ 223,392 $ 5,355 $ 102,502 $ 138,211 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== OTHER FINANCIAL DATA: EBITDA(3)........................ $ 559,916 $ 629,743 $ 319,447 $ 504,357 $ 516,863 Adjusted EBITDA(4)............... 555,630 596,599 473,257 845,579 1,018,488 Capital expenditures............. 22,541 27,955 61,062 116,531 121,595 Ratio of total debt to adjusted EBITDA 3.5x 3.6x 5.6x 2.9x 2.6x Ratio of adjusted EBITDA to interest expense............... 2.4x 2.5x 2.6x 4.7x 4.8x Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)..................... 1.6x 2.0x 1.0x 1.6x 1.6x STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW DATA: Cash flows from operating activities..................... $ 141,900 $ 305,926 $ (173,772) $ 223,769 $ 573,890 Cash flows from investing activities..................... (17,230) 154,223 62,357 (82,707) (76,895) Cash flows from financing activities..................... (139,890) (527,062) 224,219 (194,489) (530,302) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and cash equivalents....... $ 102,831 $ 117,058 $ 192,816 $ 84,565 $ 144,484 Working capital.................. 651,256 555,062 770,130 637,801 701,535 Total assets..................... 2,983,486 3,205,728 3,670,014 3,867,757 4,012,314 Total debt....................... 1,958,433 2,126,430 2,664,609 2,415,330 2,631,696 Stockholders' deficit(6)......... (935,943) (1,098,573) (1,288,562) (1,313,747) (1,370,262) 16 ______________ (1) We reduced overhead expenses and eliminated excess manufacturing capacity through extensive restructuring initiatives executed during 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2001, including closing 29 of our owned and operated production and finishing facilities in North America and Europe. In fiscal year 2001 and 2000, we reversed reserve balances relating to these activities due to updated estimates. (2) In 1996, we had adopted a Global Success Sharing Plan that provided for cash payments to our employees in 2002 if we achieved pre-established financial targets. We recognized and accrued expenses in 1998, 1997 and 1996 for the Global Success Sharing Plan. During 1999, we concluded that, based on our financial performance, the targets under the plan would not be achieved. As a result, in 1999 we reversed into income $343.9 million of accrued expenses, less related miscellaneous expenses. Consequently, no cash payments will be made under the Global Success Sharing Plan. (3) EBITDA equals operating income plus depreciation and amortization expense. EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow or any other measure of performance in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. (4) The calculation for adjusted EBITDA is shown below: YEAR ENDED ---------- NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, NOVEMBER 28, NOVEMBER 29, NOVEMBER 30, 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ---- ---- ----- ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) EBITDA.......................... $559,916 $629,743 $319,447 $504,357 $ 516,863 Excess capacity/restructuring charges (reversals)............ (4,286) (33,144) 497,683 250,658 386,792 Global Success Sharing Plan..... -- -- (343,873) 90,564 114,833 -------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- Adjusted EBITDA................. $555,630 $596,599 $473,257 $845,579 $1,018,488 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========== (5) For the purpose of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as income from continuing operations before income taxes, plus fixed charges and less capitalized interest. Fixed charges are defined as the sum of interest, including capitalized interest, on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance cost and that portion of rental expense which we believe to be representative of an interest factor. (6) Stockholders' deficit resulted from a 1996 transaction in which our stockholders created new long-term governance arrangements for us, including the voting trust and stockholders' agreement. In the 1996 transaction, a group of stockholders of our former parent, Levi Strauss Associates Inc., established a new company, LSAI Holding Corp., to which they contributed approximately 70% of the outstanding shares of Levi Strauss Associates Inc. Levi Strauss Associates Inc. was then merged with a subsidiary of LSAI Holding Corp. In the merger, shares of Levi Strauss Associates Inc. not contributed to LSAI Holding Corp., including shares held under several employee benefit and compensation plans, were converted into the right to receive cash, thereby making Levi Strauss Associates Inc. a wholly-owned subsidiary of LSAI Holding Corp. Funding for the cash payments in the merger was provided in part by cash on hand and in part from proceeds of approximately $3.3 billion of borrowings under bank credit facilities. In October 1996, Levi Strauss Associates Inc. and LSAI Holding Corp. were merged into Levi Strauss & Co. These transactions were accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control.
17 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This report contains forward-looking statements, including, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and prospects under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." Among these forward-looking statements are statements regarding our anticipated performance in fiscal year 2002, specifically statements relating to our net sales, gross profit, marketing, general and administrative expenses, advertising expense, inventories and capital expenditures. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events. When used in this report, the words "believe," "anticipate," "intend," "estimate," "expect," "project" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such words. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these expectations will prove to be correct or that we will achieve savings or other benefits anticipated in the forward-looking statements. We disclose important factors, some of which may be beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from management's expectations in this report, including, without limitation: o changing domestic and international retail environments; o changes in the level of consumer spending or preferences in apparel; o dependence on key distribution channels, customers and suppliers; o the impact of competitive products; o changing fashion trends; o our supply chain executional performance; o the effectiveness of our promotion and marketing funding programs with retailers; o ongoing competitive pressures in the apparel industry; o trade restrictions; o consumer and customer reactions to new products and retailers; and o political or financial instability in countries where our products are manufactured. For more information on these and other factors, see "Factors That May Affect Future Results." We caution prospective investors not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements and factors that may affect future results contained throughout this report. 18 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES In response to the SEC's Release No. 33-8040, "Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies," we identified the most critical accounting principles upon which our financial status depends. We determined the critical principles by considering accounting policies that involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments. We identified our most critical accounting policies to be those related to revenue recognition, foreign exchange management, inventory valuation and restructuring reserves. We state these accounting policies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements and at relevant sections in this discussion and analysis. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected items in our consolidated statements of income, expressed as a percentage of net sales (amounts may not foot due to rounding).
YEAR ENDED ------------------------------------------ NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, NOVEMBER 28, 2001 2000 1999 ------------ ------------ ------------ Net sales ............................................ 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Cost of goods sold.................................... 57.8 57.9 61.9 ------ ------ ------ Gross profit.......................................... 42.2 42.1 38.1 Marketing, general and administrative expenses........ 31.8 31.9 31.7 Other operating (income).............................. (0.8) (0.7) (0.5) Excess capacity/restructuring charges (reversals)..... (0.1) (0.7) 9.7 Global Success Sharing Plan (reversal)................ -- -- (6.7) ------ ------ ------ Operating income...................................... 11.3 11.6 3.9 Interest expense...................................... 5.4 5.0 3.6 Other (income) expense, net........................... 0.2 (0.8) 0.2 ------ ------ ------ Income before taxes................................... 5.6 7.4 0.2 Income tax expense.................................... 2.1 2.6 0.1 ------ ------ ------ Net income............................................ 3.5% 4.8% 0.1% ====== ====== ====== NET SALES SEGMENT DATA: GEOGRAPHIC Americas......................................... 67.1% 67.8% 66.6% Europe........................................... 25.0 23.8 26.5 Asia Pacific..................................... 7.9 8.4 7.0
OVERVIEW We have been challenged over the last five years with declining sales. The decline was due to both industry-wide and company-specific factors. Industry-wide factors included intense competition, shifts in consumer preferences and, more recently, weak economies and retail markets. Company-specific factors included brand equity erosion, insufficient product innovation, poor presentation of our product at retail, operational problems in our supply chain and weakness in our key distribution channels. In late 1997, we began restructuring our business to address our deteriorating financial and operating performance. We reduced overhead expenses and eliminated excess manufacturing capacity through extensive restructuring initiatives. We shifted to increased outsourcing of production to contract manufacturers. Beginning in 1999, we put in place a new senior management team. We have adopted and executed new strategies focused on product innovation, operational performance, retail relations and financial discipline. We have taken actions to improve our business planning, supply chain and other operational processes and internal capabilities. These efforts are beginning to result in positive developments across several dimensions of our business including improvements in our products, our service levels, our relations with customers and the presentation of our products at retail. This outcome is most evident in Europe where net sales, on a constant currency basis for the last three consecutive quarters of fiscal year 2001, showed modest growth compared to fiscal year 2000. Our focus and financial discipline have helped us end the year with solid gross margins along with reduced operating expenses and debt. 19 Our ability to reverse the sales declines and grow our business depends in part on our ability to continue to execute multiple business strategies in difficult economic and retail environments. These strategies include: o developing market-right and innovative products and ensuring every element of the product range contributes to brand image and profitability; o offering products to multiple consumer segments at a broad range of price points; o revitalizing our retail relationships through improving collaborative account planning and product replenishment, and generating better economics for retailers in terms of sales and margins; o creating an easy and appealing jeanswear and casualwear buying experience through improving presentation of our products at retail; and o reducing the cost and time associated with product design, development and sourcing activities. As we go into 2002, we believe the successful execution of these strategies will continue to stabilize, and position us to ultimately grow, our business. YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 25, 2001 AS COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 26, 2000 NET SALES. We recognize revenue from the sale of a product upon its shipment to the customer. We recognize allowances, which offset sales, for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and incentives when the sale is recorded. We estimate allowances based on various market data, historical trends, invoices and information from customers. Our actual returns and allowances have not materially differed from our estimates. Total net sales in fiscal year 2001 decreased 8.3% to $4.3 billion, as compared to $4.6 billion in fiscal year 2000. If currency exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, net sales for fiscal year 2001 would have declined approximately 6.5%. This decrease reflects volume declines primarily due to weak economies and retail markets in the United States ("U.S.") and Japan and the impact of a weaker euro and yen. Although year over year total net sales continued to decline, the rate of decline narrowed to 8.3% in fiscal year 2001 as compared to 9.6% in fiscal year 2000 and 13.7% in fiscal year 1999. Our narrowing sales decline, in view of the current economic and retail environment, reflects ongoing progress in our business turnaround and efforts to improve performance. In fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999 we had one customer that represented approximately 13%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of total net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of total net sales. In addition, a group of key U.S. customers accounts for a significant portion of our total net sales. Net sales to our ten largest U.S. customers totaled approximately 47%, 48% and 46% of total net sales during fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. We currently anticipate difficult retail and economic conditions to continue into 2002, along with the need for continued executional improvements, including greater focus on core products and innovation to the U.S. product line. As a result, we believe our 2002 constant currency net sales will decline in the low single digits and we are planning our production and operating expenses accordingly. In the Americas, net sales in the U.S. accounted for approximately 93% of our Americas net sales in fiscal year 2001. Net sales in the Americas decreased 9.3% to $2.9 billion, as compared to $3.1 billion in fiscal year 2000, due primarily to a drop in volume. This decrease was primarily attributable to the weak economy and retail apparel market in the U.S. We believe retailers are reducing their open-to-buy and overall inventory levels in response to economic uncertainty and our improved ability to deliver products on time. Where we have introduced updated and relevant products, such as our Levi's(R) Superlow jeans and Dockers(R) Mobile(TM) pant, supported by the right advertising and retail programs, our data shows improved sell-through to consumers. Our performance in the U.S. also reflected our targeted retailer promotions and incentives that drove sales volumes during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2001. 20 In Europe, net sales decreased 3.5% to $1.07 billion, as compared to $1.1 billion in fiscal year 2000. The small decrease in net sales was primarily due to the effects of translation to U.S. dollar reported results. If exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, net sales would have increased by approximately 0.7% in fiscal year 2001 compared to the prior year period. We believe the constant currency results indicate that our business in Europe is beginning to stabilize as indicated by modest growth in net sales on a constant currency basis for the last three consecutive quarters of fiscal year 2001 compared to fiscal year 2000. We believe this reflects the impact of our updated and innovative products, retail presentation programs and improved delivery performance in the region. In the Asia Pacific region, net sales decreased 14.3% to $336.2 million, as compared to $392.4 million in fiscal year 2000. If exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, the reported net sales decrease would have been approximately 5.0% in fiscal year 2001 compared to the prior year period. The decrease was primarily driven by the economic uncertainty in Japan and the effects of translation to U.S. dollar reported results. In Japan, which accounts for approximately 55% of our business in Asia, difficult business conditions have resulted in the loss of some key customers due to retail consolidation, closure of retail store locations and bankruptcies. Except for Japan, our net sales in Asia Pacific increased for fiscal year 2001 compared to fiscal year 2000. GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit in fiscal year 2001 of $1.8 billion was 8.1% lower than the same period in 2000. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, or gross margin, was essentially unchanged, increasing slightly to 42.2% in fiscal year 2001, as compared to 42.1% in fiscal year 2000. The increase in margin was due to lower sourcing and fabric costs and reduced inventory markdowns. We value inventories at the lower of average cost or market value and include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. In determining inventory values, we give substantial consideration to the expected product selling price. These items were somewhat offset by costs associated with production down-time taken in our plants in response to the weak retail market in fiscal year 2001, as well as costs due to a product recall in Europe. The Caribbean Basin Initiative trade act was a key reason for the sourcing cost improvements. We anticipate that gross margin in fiscal year 2002 will continue to be in our target range of 40 to 42%. MARKETING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Marketing, general and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2001 decreased 8.5% to $1.4 billion, as compared to $1.5 billion for fiscal year 2000. Marketing, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales for fiscal year 2001 decreased slightly to 31.8% as compared to 31.9% in fiscal year 2000. The dollar decrease in marketing, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to our continuing cost containment efforts, including a lower level of incentive plan accruals and advertising expenses, as well as lower volume-related costs. The lower incentive plan accruals include a reversal of $18.0 million associated with forfeitures under an employee long-term incentive plan in fiscal year 2001. Marketing, general and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2000 also included a pension curtailment benefit of $18.0 million. We continue to look for opportunities to streamline our organization, in line with our core product focus and related initiatives to reduce business complexity. In fiscal year 2002, we expect that total marketing, general and administrative expenses will range from 31 to 33% of net sales. Advertising expense for fiscal year 2001 decreased 11.3% to $357.3 million, as compared to $402.7 million in the same period in 2000. Advertising expense as a percentage of sales in fiscal year 2001 decreased 0.3 percentage points to 8.4%, as compared to 8.7% for the same period in 2000. Advertising expense as a percentage of sales for fiscal year 2001 is consistent with our 2001 target range of 8 to 9%. In fiscal year 2002, we expect advertising expense to be approximately 8% of net sales. OTHER OPERATING INCOME. For fiscal year 2001, licensing income increased 3.2% from the same period in 2000. This increase was primarily due to an increase in royalties from sales of merchandise, such as outerwear, shoes, belts, headwear and handbags, by licensees of our trademarks. EXCESS CAPACITY/RESTRUCTURING CHARGES/REVERSALS. For fiscal year 2001, we reversed charges of $26.6 million primarily due to updated estimates related to prior years' restructuring initiatives. This reversal was offset by recorded charges of $22.4 million associated with various overhead restructuring initiatives in fiscal year 2001 that resulted in workforce reductions in the U.S. and Japan. In fiscal year 2000, we reversed charges of $33.1 million primarily due to updated estimates related to prior years' restructuring initiatives. OPERATING INCOME. For fiscal year 2001, operating income decreased $59.5 million to $479.3 million, as compared to $538.8 million for the same period in 2000. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales, partially offset by lower marketing, general and administrative expenses. In addition, we recorded a net reversal of $4.3 million in restructuring charges in fiscal year 2001 as compared to a $33.1 million reversal of restructuring charges in fiscal year 2000. 21 INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense for fiscal year 2001 decreased 1.4% to $230.8 million, as compared to $234.1 million for the same period in 2000. This decrease was due to lower average debt levels, partially offset by a write-off of fees related to a credit agreement that was replaced by a new credit facility in February 2001. OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE, NET. For fiscal year 2001, we recorded $8.8 million of other expense, net, as compared to other income, net of $39.0 million for the same period in 2000. The net expense for fiscal year 2001 was primarily attributable to lower interest income and net losses from foreign currency exposures and the contracts to manage foreign currency exposures. In addition, the income reported in fiscal year 2000 included a $26.1 million gain from the sale of two office buildings in San Francisco located next to our corporate headquarters. INCOME TAX EXPENSE. Income tax expense for fiscal year 2001 was $88.7 million compared to $120.3 million for the same period in 2000. The decrease for fiscal year 2001 was primarily due to lower earnings than in fiscal year 2000, partially offset by a higher effective tax rate of 37% in fiscal year 2001 compared to 35% in fiscal year 2000. The lower tax rate in fiscal year 2000 was due to a reevaluation of potential tax assessments. NET INCOME. Net income for fiscal year 2001 decreased by $72.4 million to $151.0 million from $223.4 million for the same period in 2000. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales, the impact of our foreign currency management activities and a lower net reversal in restructuring charges in fiscal year 2001. Fiscal year 2000 included a pre-tax gain of $26.1 million from the sale of office buildings. The decrease was partially offset by a higher gross margin and lower marketing, general and administrative expenses. YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 26, 2000 AS COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 28, 1999 NET SALES. Total net sales in fiscal year 2000 decreased 9.6% to $4.6 billion, as compared to $5.1 billion in fiscal year 1999. If currency exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, net sales for fiscal year 2000 would have declined approximately 7%. This decrease reflects a combination of factors including volume declines, a higher percentage of closeout sales related to our efforts to clear inventories of slow moving and obsolete fashion products earlier in the year, and the impact of the depreciating euro. In the Americas, net sales decreased 8.0% to $3.1 billion, as compared to $3.4 billion in fiscal year 1999, due primarily to a drop in volume. In Europe, net sales decreased 18.8% to $1.1 billion, as compared to $1.4 billion in fiscal year 1999. In the Asia Pacific region, net sales increased 9.5% to $392.4 million, as compared to $358.4 million in fiscal year 1999. In fiscal years 2000 and 1999, we had one customer that represented approximately 12% and 11%, respectively, of total net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of total net sales. GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, or gross margin, increased to 42.1% in fiscal year 2000, as compared to 38.1% in fiscal year 1999. The increase was primarily attributable to a better product mix, as well as improved sourcing costs and the benefit of cost reductions resulting from plant closures taken in prior years. Production downtime occurred in 1999 as factory production was curtailed prior to fully closing some North American and European plants. MARKETING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Marketing, general and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2000 decreased 9.1% to $1.5 billion, as compared to $1.6 billion for the same period in 1999. Marketing, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales for fiscal year 2000 and fiscal year 1999 were each approximately 32%. The dollar decrease in marketing, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to our continuing cost containment efforts, lower salaries and related expenses resulting from prior year restructuring initiatives, lower sales volume-related expenses, lower advertising expenses, lower information technology expenses associated with minimal year 2000 compliance costs in 2000 and an $18.0 million pension curtailment benefit in fiscal year 2000. These decreases were partially offset by increased costs for employee incentive plans in fiscal year 2000 due to stronger performance against financial targets. Advertising expense for fiscal year 2000 decreased 17.8% to $402.7 million, as compared to $490.2 million for the same period in 1999 primarily due to our plans to better focus our marketing support initiatives and to align them more effectively with new product introductions and retail presentation. OTHER OPERATING INCOME. For fiscal year 2000, licensing income increased 32.8% from the same period in 1999. The increase was primarily due to more focus on expanding the number of licensed products such as outerwear, shoes and belts. EXCESS CAPACITY/RESTRUCTURING CHARGES/REVERSALS. For fiscal year 2000, we reversed charges of $33.1 million primarily due to updated estimates related to prior years' restructuring initiatives. In fiscal year 1999, we recorded charges of $497.7 million that were associated with our corporate overhead restructuring initiatives and plant closures in North America and Europe. 22 GLOBAL SUCCESS SHARING PLAN. In fiscal year 2000, we recorded no expense for the Global Success Sharing Plan. In fiscal year 1999, we reversed into income $343.9 million of previously recorded expenses associated with the Global Success Sharing Plan. This reversal of the Global Success Sharing Plan liability was based on our lower estimate of financial performance through fiscal year 2001. Consequently no cash payments will be made under the Global Success Sharing Plan. OPERATING INCOME. For fiscal year 2000, we recorded operating income of $538.8 million, as compared to $199.3 million for the same period in 1999. This increase was due to an improved gross margin, lower marketing, general and administrative expenses and the reversal of restructuring charges in fiscal year 2000. In addition, reported results in fiscal year 1999 were affected by charges related to the restructuring initiatives, net of benefits for the Global Success Sharing Plan reversal. INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense for fiscal year 2000 increased 27.9% to $234.1 million, as compared to $183.0 million for the same period in 1999. This increase was due to higher interest rates associated with new credit facilities, customer service center equipment financing agreements and higher market interest rates. OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE, NET. For fiscal year 2000 we recorded $39.0 million of other income, net, as compared to other expense, net of $7.9 million for the same period in 1999. The increase for fiscal year 2000 was primarily attributable to a $26.1 million gain from the sale of two office buildings in San Francisco located next to our corporate headquarters, an increase in interest income and net gains in 2000 compared to net losses in 1999 from foreign currency exposures and the contracts to manage foreign currency exposures. INCOME TAX EXPENSE. Income tax expense for fiscal year 2000 was $120.3 million compared to $3.1 million for the same period in fiscal year 1999. The increase for fiscal year 2000 was primarily due to higher earnings than in fiscal year 1999. Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2000 was 35%, as compared to 37% for the same period in fiscal year 1999. The lower tax rate in fiscal year 2000 was due to a reevaluation of potential tax assessments. NET INCOME. Net income for fiscal year 2000 increased by $218.0 million from $5.4 million for the same period in 1999. Net income for fiscal year 2000 included higher operating income, partially offset by higher interest and tax expense compared to the same period in 1999. In addition, fiscal year 2000 included a gain from the sale of office buildings and the reversal of restructuring reserves. EXCESS CAPACITY/RESTRUCTURING CHARGES/REVERSALS The following is a summary of the actions taken and related charges and reversals associated with our excess manufacturing capacity and other restructuring activities. Restructuring reserves include only costs associated with exit activities approved by executive management. Such costs are not associated with nor do they benefit continuing activities. We review and evaluate these activities periodically. o During November 2001, we instituted various reorganization initiatives in the U.S. that included simplifying product lines and realigning our resources. We recorded an initial charge of $20.3 million in 2001 for an estimated displacement of 517 employees. As of November 25, 2001, the balance in this reserve was $20.0 million, and approximately 125 employees have been displaced. The remaining balance is for severance and employee benefits. We expect to fully utilize the reserve balance by the end of 2002. o During November 2001, we instituted various reorganization initiatives in Japan. These initiatives were prompted by business declines as a result of the prolonged economic slowdown in Japan, political uncertainty, major retail bankruptcies and dramatic shrinkage of the core denim jeans market. We recorded an initial charge of $2.0 million in 2001 for an estimated displacement of 22 employees. As of November 25, 2001, the balance in this reserve was $2.0 million, and no employees have been displaced. The remaining balance is primarily for severance and employee benefits. We expect to fully utilize the reserve balance by the end of 2002. o During September 1999, we announced plans to close one manufacturing facility and further reduce overhead costs by consolidating operations in Europe. We recorded an initial charge to set up a reserve of $54.7 million. The manufacturing facility was closed in December 1999. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $0.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates associated with employee benefits. As of November 25, 2001, the balance in this reserve was $2.5 million, and approximately 945 employees had been displaced. The remaining balance is primarily for severance and employee benefits. We expect to utilize the majority of the reserve balance by the end of 2002. 23 o In February 1999, we announced the closure of 11 manufacturing facilities in North America. Those facilities were closed by the end of 1999, resulting in the displacement of approximately 5,900 employees. We recorded an initial charge of $394.1 million in 1999. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $21.5 million and $13.3 million, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates. The reversals were primarily associated with employee benefits and a lower amount than originally anticipated for contractor settlements in 2001. As of November 25, 2001, the balance in this reserve was $18.7 million. The remaining balance is primarily for employee benefits and costs associated with a real estate lease that will expire in September 2002. We expect to utilize the majority of the reserve balance by the end of 2002. o In fiscal year 1999, we recorded an initial charge to set up a reserve of $48.9 million for corporate overhead reorganization initiatives in the U.S. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $1.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates primarily associated with reductions in the number of employee displacements needed to complete the initiative. As of November 25, 2001, the balance of this reserve was $0.1 million, and approximately 720 employees had been displaced. The remaining balance is for severance and employee benefits. We expect to fully utilize the reserve balance by the end of 2002. o In fiscal year 1998, we recorded an initial charge to set up a reserve of $61.1 million for corporate overhead reorganization initiatives in the U.S., resulting in the displacement of approximately 770 employees. In fiscal year 2000, $3.7 million of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates. The reversal was primarily associated with employee benefits and higher sub-lease income than initially projected. As of November 25, 2001, the balance of this reserve was $1.5 million. The remaining balance is for costs associated with a real estate lease, partially offset by sublease income, which will expire in 2007. o In fiscal year 1998, $82.1 million was recorded for the closure of two North America finishing facilities. The two North America finishing facilities were closed during 1999, resulting in the displacement of approximately 990 employees. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $1.7 million and $13 thousand, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates associated with employee benefits. As of November 25, 2001, the balance of this reserve was $0.2 million. We expect to fully utilize the reserve balance by the end of 2002. o In fiscal year 1998, we recorded an initial restructuring charge to set up a reserve of $107.5 million for reorganization initiatives and the closure of two manufacturing and two finishing facilities in Europe, resulting in the displacement of approximately 1,650 employees. The two manufacturing and two finishing facilities were closed in 1999. As of November 25, 2001, the balance of this reserve was $0.2 million. The remaining balance is primarily for employee benefits. We expect to fully utilize the reserve balance by the end of 2002. o In November 1997, we announced the closure of one finishing and ten manufacturing facilities in North America. Those facilities were closed by the end of 1998, resulting in the displacement of approximately 6,400 employees. We recorded an initial charge to set up a reserve of $386.8 million. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $1.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of the reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates primarily associated with employee benefits and a lower amount than originally anticipated for a contractor settlement in 2001. As of November 25, 2001, the balance of this reserve was $48 thousand. The remaining balance is primarily for employee benefits and costs associated with a real estate lease that will expire in February 2002. We expect to fully utilize the reserve balance by the end of 2002. 24 The following table summarizes the activities associated with the plant closures and restructuring charges:
BALANCE AS INITIAL OF INITIAL ASSET CASH NOVEMBER 25, PROVISION WRITE-OFFS REDUCTIONS REVERSALS 2001 ---------- ----------- ---------- --------- ------------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 2001 Corporate Restructuring Initiatives.............................. $ 20,331 $ -- $ 342 $ -- $19,989 2001 Japan Restructuring Initiative................................... 2,031 -- 25 -- 2,006 1999 European Restructuring and Plant Closures........................ 54,689 4,500 45,205 2,535 2,449 1999 North America Plant Closures..................................... 394,105 33,430 307,271 34,745 18,659 1999 Corporate Restructuring Initiatives.............................. 48,889 -- 38,560 10,216 113 1998 Corporate Restructuring Initiatives.............................. 61,062 2,985 52,834 3,735 1,508 1998 North America Plant Closures..................................... 82,073 23,399 56,740 1,711 223 1998 European Restructuring and Plant Closures........................ 107,523 10,026 97,272 -- 225 1997 North America Plant Closures..................................... 386,792 42,689 337,205 6,850 48 ---------- -------- -------- ------- ------- Total as of November 25, 2001.................................... $1,157,495 $117,029 $935,454 $59,792 $45,220 ========== ======== ======== ======= =======
The majority of the balances are expected to be utilized by the end of 2002. We are now discussing with our unions in the U.S. potential additional closures of manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and are consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. If we ultimately decide to close facilities, we will then record restructuring charges relating to employee severance and benefits, and other costs associated with facility exit activities. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Our principal capital requirements have been to fund working capital and capital expenditures. One of our business strategies is to focus on working capital control through improved forecasting, inventory management and product mix. We are also focusing on controlling operating expenses and using cash generated from operations to reduce debt. As of November 25, 2001, total cash and cash equivalents were $102.8 million, a $14.2 million decrease from the $117.1 million cash balance as of November 26, 2000. Total debt as of November 25, 2001 was $1,958.4 million, a $168.0 million decrease from the balance as of November 26, 2000. All debt obligations are on our balance sheet. We have no off-balance sheet debt obligations. We are now discussing with our unions in the U.S. potential additional closures of manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and are consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. If we ultimately decide to close facilities, we believe payment of employee severance and benefits and other amounts associated with closures would not have a significant impact on our liquidity. CASH PROVIDED BY/USED FOR OPERATIONS. Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2001 was $141.9 million, as compared to $305.9 million in the same period in 2000. Trade receivables decreased during fiscal year 2001 primarily due to lower net sales. Inventory decreased during fiscal year 2001, primarily in the fourth quarter. We achieved the inventory reduction through reduced production levels and increased retailer promotional and incentive activities in the U.S. In 2002, we expect inventory levels to increase modestly above historical levels as we update core products and introduce new products in the U.S. Other current assets decreased during fiscal year 2001 primarily due to reimbursements of income and payroll taxes for overpayments made in fiscal year 2000. Other long-term assets increased during the year primarily due to the capitalization of underwriting and other fees for the senior notes issued in January 2001 and fees associated with the credit facility we entered into on February 1, 2001. Net deferred tax assets decreased during fiscal year 2001 primarily due to inventory adjustments and tax on unremitted foreign earnings. 25 Restructuring reserves decreased during fiscal year 2001 primarily due to spending and accrual reversals related to prior years' restructuring initiatives, partially offset by 2001 restructuring charges. Accrued salaries, wages, and employee benefits decreased during fiscal year 2001 primarily due to the payment of annual employee incentives, partially offset by employee incentive accruals. Long-term employee benefits increased primarily due to increased accruals for long-term incentive plans. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased during fiscal year 2001 primarily due to lower accruals for contractors and raw material purchases resulting from lower production needs. Accrued taxes decreased during fiscal year 2001 primarily due to a payment of approximately $40.0 million in the first quarter of 2001 to the Internal Revenue Service in connection with an examination of our income tax returns for the years 1986 to 1989. In fiscal year 2000, cash provided by operating activities was $305.9 million, as compared to a use of cash of $173.8 million for the same period in 1999. Although inventory increased, the composition of our inventory in fiscal year 2000 was more current and relevant to the marketplace compared to the composition of inventory in the prior year period. This reflected our efforts to clear out old merchandise from fiscal year 1999. The decrease in income taxes receivable during fiscal year 2000 primarily reflected income tax refunds of $66.3 million received in March 2000 associated with a carryback of a net operating loss reported on our 1999 income tax return. Restructuring reserves and the related net deferred tax assets decreased during fiscal year 2000 primarily due to spending and accrual reversals related to the restructuring initiatives. Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits, and long-term employee benefits increased during fiscal year 2000 primarily due to increased accruals for employee incentive plans. Accrued taxes increased and other long-term liabilities decreased during fiscal year 2000 due to a tentative settlement with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with an examination of our income tax returns for the years 1986 to 1989. The gain on dispositions of property, plant and equipment was primarily due to the gain attributable to a sale of two office buildings in San Francisco located adjacent to our corporate headquarters. CASH USED FOR/PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES. Cash used for investing activities during fiscal year 2001 was $17.2 million, as compared to cash provided by investing activities of $154.2 million during the same period in 2000. Cash used for investing activities during the year resulted primarily from purchases of property, plant and equipment. In fiscal year 2000, cash provided by investing activities was primarily attributable to proceeds received from the sale of office buildings and realized gains on net investment hedges. Our capital spending for fiscal year 2001 was $22.5 million, as compared to $28.0 million for fiscal year 2000 and $61.1 million in fiscal year 1999. We expect capital spending of approximately $50.0 to $70.0 million in fiscal year 2002, primarily for system enhancements. CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES. Cash used for financing activities for fiscal year 2001 was $139.9 million, as compared to $527.1 million in the same period in 2000. We used cash in fiscal year 2001 primarily for repayment of existing debt offset by the senior notes issued in January and the U.S. receivables securitization transaction completed in July (SEE NOTE 7 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). In fiscal year 2000, cash used for financing activities was for repayment of existing debt. FINANCIAL CONDITION CREDIT AGREEMENTS. On February 1, 2001, we entered into a $1.05 billion senior secured credit facility to replace the then existing 2000 credit facility on more favorable terms. The credit facility consisted of a $700.0 million revolving credit facility and $350.0 million of term loans. This facility reduces our borrowing costs and extends the maturity of our principal bank credit facility to August 2003. As of November 25, 2001, the credit facility consisted of $252.6 million of term loans and a $625.0 million revolving credit facility. There were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Total availability under the revolving credit facility was reduced by $152 million of guarantees and letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility, yielding a net availability of $473.0 million. The facility is secured in substantially the same manner as the 2000 credit facility. Collateral includes: domestic inventories, certain domestic equipment, trademarks, other intellectual property, 100% of the stock of domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and other assets. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at LIBOR or the agent bank's base rate plus an incremental borrowing spread. Before the U.S. receivables securitization transaction described below, the collateral also included domestic receivables. In connection with the securitization transaction, the lenders under the credit facility released their security interest in receivables sold in that transaction, and retained security interests in certain related assets. 26 The facility contains customary covenants restricting our activities as well as those of our subsidiaries, including limitations on us and our subsidiaries' ability to sell assets; engage in mergers; enter into operating leases or capital leases; enter into transactions involving related parties, derivatives or letters of credit; enter into intercompany transactions; incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on our assets; make loans or other investments; pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; guaranty third party obligations; make capital expenditures; and make changes in our corporate structure. The credit agreements also contain financial covenants that we must satisfy on an ongoing basis, including maximum leverage ratios and minimum coverage ratios. As of November 25, 2001, we were in compliance with the financial covenants under the facility. Effective January 29, 2002, we completed an amendment to our principal credit agreement. The amendment has three principal features. First, the amendment excludes from the computation of earnings for covenant compliance purposes certain cash expenses, as well as certain non-cash costs, relating to potential plant closures in the U.S. and Scotland in 2002. We have not made final decisions regarding potential plant closures. The amendment also excludes from those computations the non-cash portion of our long-term incentive compensation plans. Second, the amendment reduces by 0.25 the amount of the required tightening of the leverage ratio beginning with the fourth quarter of 2002. Third, the amendment tightens the senior secured leverage ratio. The amendment did not change the interest rate, size of the facility or required payment provisions of the facility. U.S. RECEIVABLES SECURITIZATION. On July 31, 2001, we completed a receivables securitization transaction involving receivables generated from sales of products to our U.S. customers. The transaction involved the issuance by Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, an indirect subsidiary, of $110.0 million of term notes. The notes, which are secured by trade receivables originated by Levi Strauss & Co., bear interest at a rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 0.32% per annum, and have a stated maturity date of November 2005. Net proceeds of the offering were used to repay a portion of the outstanding debt under our senior secured credit facility. The transaction did not meet the criteria for sales accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. ("SFAS") 140 and therefore is accounted for on our balance sheet as a secured borrowing. The purpose of the transaction was to lower our interest expense and diversify funding sources. The notes were issued in a private placement transaction in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Under the securitization arrangement, collections on receivables remaining after payment of interest and fees relating to the notes are used to purchase new receivables from Levi Strauss & Co. The securitization agreements provide that, in specified cases, the collections will not be released but will instead be deposited and used to pay the principal amount of the notes. Those circumstances include, among other things, failure to maintain the required level of overcollaterization due to deterioration in the credit quality, or overconcentration or dilution in respect of, the receivables, failure to pay interest or other amounts which is not cured, breaches of covenants, representations and warranties or events of bankruptcy relating to us and certain of our subsidiaries. Non-release of collections in these limited circumstances could have an adverse effect on our liquidity. NOTES OFFERING. In January 2001, we issued two series of notes payable, U.S. $380.0 million dollar notes and 125.0 million euro notes, totaling the equivalent of $497.5 million to qualified institutional investors. The notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed at any time after January 15, 2005. The notes mature on January 15, 2008. We used the net proceeds from the offering to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under the 2000 credit facility. The indentures governing the notes contain covenants that limit our and our subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; consummate specified asset sales; enter into transactions with affiliates; incur liens; impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make payments to us and our subsidiaries; merge or consolidate with any other person; and sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries. If the notes receive and maintain an investment grade rating by both Standard and Poor's Ratings Service and Moody's Investors Service and we and our subsidiaries are and remain in compliance with the indentures, then we and our subsidiaries will not be required to comply with specified covenants contained in the indentures. On August 31, 2001, Moody's Investors Service downgraded the ratings of both our senior secured credit facility and our senior unsecured notes. The senior secured credit facility was downgraded to "Ba3" from "Ba2" and the senior unsecured notes were downgraded to "B2" from "Ba3" with a negative outlook primarily due, according to Moody's, to our declining sales and excess inventory. As of November 25, 2001, inventory decreased $42.1 million compared to the balance reported as of November 26, 2000. 27 FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION The functional currency for most of our foreign operations is the applicable local currency. For those operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates and income and expense accounts are translated at average monthly exchange rates. The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for foreign operations in countries with highly inflationary economies and certain other subsidiaries. The translation adjustments for these entities are included in other (income) expense, net. FOREIGN EXCHANGE MANAGEMENT We adopted SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," on the first day of fiscal year 2001 (see "New Accounting Standards" below.) SFAS 133 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. We manage our foreign currency exposures primarily to maximize the U.S. dollar value over the long term. We attempt to take a long-term view of managing exposures on an economic basis, using forecasts to develop exposure positions and engaging in active management of those exposures with the objective of protecting future cash flows and mitigating risks. As a result, not all exposure management activities and foreign currency derivative instruments will qualify for hedge accounting treatment. For derivative instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are classified into earnings. We use a variety of derivative instruments, including forward, swap and option contracts, to protect against foreign currency exposures related to sourcing, net investment positions, royalties and cash management. We hold derivative positions only in currencies to which we have exposure. We have established a policy for a maximum allowable level of losses that may occur as a result of our currency exposure management activities. The maximum level of loss is based on a percentage of the total forecasted currency exposure being managed. INTEREST RATE MANAGEMENT We are exposed to interest rate risk. It is our policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. For transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting or in which management has elected not to designate transactions for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are classified into earnings. EFFECTS OF INFLATION We believe that the relatively moderate rates of inflation which have been experienced in the regions where most of our sales occur have not had a significant effect on our net sales or profitability. EURO CONVERSION On January 1, 1999, eleven European Union member states (Germany, France, the Netherlands, Austria, Italy, Spain, Finland, Ireland, Belgium, Portugal and Luxembourg) adopted the euro as their common national currency. On January 1, 2001, Greece adopted the euro as its common national currency. Until January 1, 2002, either the euro or a participating country's national currency was accepted as legal tender. Beginning on January 1, 2002, euro-denominated bills and coins were issued, and by March 1, 2002, only the euro will be accepted as legal tender. We have a multi-functional euro project team responsible for ensuring our ability to operate effectively during the euro transition phase and through final euro conversion. Our total program costs as of November 25, 2001 are not material. We have developed marketing and pricing strategies for implementation throughout the more open European market. We were able to make and receive payments in euros and convert financial and information technology systems to be able to use euros as the base currency in relevant markets prior to January 1, 2002. Based on the analysis and actions taken to date, we do not expect the euro conversion to materially affect our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. 28 NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS We adopted SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," on the first day of fiscal year 2001. SFAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. In summary, SFAS 133 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. Fair value adjustments are made either through earnings or equity, depending upon the exposure being hedged and the effectiveness of the hedge. Due to the adoption of SFAS 133, we reported a net transition gain in other income/expense for fiscal year 2001 of $87 thousand. This transition amount was not recorded as a separate line item as a change in accounting principle, net of tax, due to the minimal impact on results of operations. In addition, we recorded a transition amount of $0.7 million (or $0.4 million net of related income taxes) that reduced other comprehensive income. We adopted SFAS 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," which replaces SFAS 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Services of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," in fiscal year 2001. SFAS 140 revises the methods for accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral as outlined in SFAS 125, and requires certain additional disclosures. The adoption of SFAS 140 had no financial impact. The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," dated June 2001, which requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized but instead be reviewed annually for impairment using a fair-value based approach. Intangible assets that have a finite life will continue to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS 142 on the first day of fiscal year 2003. Amortization expense for fiscal year 2001 was $10.7 million. We are currently evaluating the impact adoption may have on our financial position and results of operations. The FASB issued SFAS 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," dated August 2001. This statement supercedes SFAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, "Reporting Results of Operations - Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions." SFAS 144 requires that one accounting model be used for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and it broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal transactions. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS 144 on the first day of fiscal year 2003 and we are currently evaluating the impact SFAS 144 may have on our financial position and results of operations. FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS RISKS RELATING TO OUR SUBSTANTIAL DEBT WE HAVE SUBSTANTIAL DEBT AND INTEREST PAYMENT REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY RESTRICT OUR FUTURE OPERATIONS AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO MEET OUR OBLIGATIONS. Our substantial debt may have important consequences. For instance, it could: o make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations; o require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes; o increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; o limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; o place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to some of our competitors that have less financial leverage; and o limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes. All borrowings under our bank credit facilities are, and will continue to be, at variable rates of interest. As a result, increases in market interest rates may require a greater portion of our cash flow to be used to pay interest. 29 Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot provide assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow or that future financings will be available to provide sufficient proceeds to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business strategy. RESTRICTIONS IN OUR BANK CREDIT FACILITIES AND OUR SENIOR NOTES MAY LIMIT OUR ACTIVITIES. Our bank credit facilities and the indentures relating to our 11.625% senior notes due 2008 contain customary restrictions, including covenants limiting our ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, make investments, consolidate, merge or acquire other businesses, sell assets, pay dividends and other distributions, make capital expenditures and enter into transactions with affiliates. We also are required to meet specified financial ratios under the terms of our bank credit facilities. These restrictions may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or to compete in the worldwide apparel industry with companies not similarly restricted. Our bank credit facilities mature in August 2003 and our 6.80% notes due 2003 mature in November 2003, at which time we will be required to repay or refinance those borrowings. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to obtain replacement financing at that time or that any available replacement financing will be on terms acceptable to us. If we are unable to obtain acceptable replacement financing, we will not be able to satisfy our obligations under our bank credit facilities or notes due 2003 and may be required to take other actions to avoid defaulting on those facilities, including selling assets or surrendering assets to our lenders, which would not otherwise be in our long-term economic interest. SINCE OUR NOTES ARE EFFECTIVELY SUBORDINATED TO ALL OF OUR SECURED DEBT AND THE LIABILITIES OF OUR SUBSIDIARIES, WE MAY NOT HAVE SUFFICIENT ASSETS TO PAY AMOUNTS OWED ON THE NOTES IF A DEFAULT OCCURS. Our notes due 2003, 2006, and 2008 are general senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The notes are effectively subordinated to all of our secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt. The notes are also structurally subordinated to all obligations of our subsidiaries. Because our bank credit facilities are secured obligations, failure to comply with the terms of our bank credit facilities or our inability to pay our lenders at maturity would entitle those lenders immediately to foreclose on most of our assets, including our trademarks and the capital stock of all of our U.S. and most of our foreign subsidiaries, and the assets of our material U.S. subsidiaries, which serve as collateral. In that event, those secured lenders would be entitled to be repaid in full from the proceeds of the liquidation of those assets before those assets would be available for distribution to other creditors, and, lastly, to the holders of our capital stock. In addition, we have a receivables securitization facility relating to our U.S. customer receivables. Under that facility, an indirect subsidiary of ours issued notes secured by U.S. trade receivables sold by us to the subsidiary on an ongoing basis. The subsidiary owns the receivables and the transaction is designed to minimize the risk that the receivables would be subject to claims by our creditors in the event of a bankruptcy case. Holders of the notes due 2003, 2006 and 2008 are creditors of Levi Strauss & Co. and not of our subsidiaries. The ability of our creditors to participate in any distribution of assets of any of our subsidiaries upon liquidation or bankruptcy will be subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary's creditors, including trade creditors, and any prior or equal claim of any equity holder of that subsidiary. In addition, the ability of our creditors to participate in distributions of assets of our subsidiaries will be limited to the extent that the outstanding shares of capital stock of any of our subsidiaries are either pledged to secure other creditors, such as under our bank credit facilities, or are not owned by us. As a result, creditors receive less, proportionately, than our secured creditors and the creditors of our subsidiaries. IF OUR FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES ARE UNABLE TO DISTRIBUTE CASH TO US WHEN NEEDED, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SATISFY OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES. We conduct our foreign operations through foreign subsidiaries, which in fiscal year 2001 accounted for approximately 38% of our net sales. As a result, we depend in part upon dividends or other intercompany transfers of funds from our foreign subsidiaries for the funds necessary to meet our debt service obligations. We only receive the cash that remains after our foreign subsidiaries satisfy their obligations. Any agreements our foreign subsidiaries enter into with other parties, as well as applicable laws and regulations limiting the right and ability of non-U.S. subsidiaries and affiliates to pay dividends and remit earnings to affiliated companies absent special conditions, may restrict the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. 30 RISKS RELATING TO THE INDUSTRY IN WHICH WE COMPETE THE WORLDWIDE APPAREL INDUSTRY IS HEAVILY INFLUENCED BY GENERAL ECONOMIC CYCLES. Apparel is a cyclical industry that is heavily dependent upon the overall level of consumer spending. Purchases of apparel and related goods tend to be highly correlated with cycles in the disposable income of our consumers. Our customers anticipate and respond to adverse changes in economic conditions and uncertainty by reducing inventories and canceling orders, a condition we experienced in 2001 in the U.S. and which may continue in 2002. As a result, any substantial deterioration in general economic conditions or increases in interest rates, or terrorist or political events that diminish consumer spending and confidence, in any of the regions in which we compete, could adversely affect the sales of our products. WE FACE INTENSE COMPETITION IN THE WORLDWIDE APPAREL INDUSTRY. We face a variety of competitive challenges from other domestic and foreign jeanswear marketers, fashion-oriented apparel marketers, specialty retailers and retailers of private label jeanswear and casual apparel products, some of which have greater financial and marketing resources than we do. We compete with these companies primarily on the basis of: o developing innovative, high-quality products in fits, finishes, fabrics and performance features that appeal to a broad range of consumers; o anticipating and responding to changing consumer demands in a timely manner; o maintaining favorable brand recognition; o generating better economics for our customers in terms of sales and margins; o ensuring product availability through effective planning and replenishment collaboration with retailers; o offering competitively priced products; o providing strong and effective marketing support; and o obtaining sufficient retail floor space and effective presentation of products at retail. Increased competition in the worldwide apparel industry, including from international expansion of vertically-integrated specialty stores and mass merchants and from Internet-based competitors, could reduce our sales and prices and adversely affect our results of operations. THE WORLDWIDE APPAREL INDUSTRY IS EXPERIENCING PRICE DEFLATION. The worldwide apparel industry continues to experience price deflation. The deflation is attributable to weak economic conditions, increased competition, increased product sourcing in lower cost countries, growth of the mass merchant channel of distribution, emerging commoditization of the khaki market in the U.S. and increased value-consciousness on the part of consumers. Downward pressure on prices may: o limit our ability to maintain or improve gross margins; o increase customer demands for allowances, margin assistance and other forms of economic support that could adversely affect our profitability; and o increase pressure on us to further reduce our cost of goods and our operating expenses. Because of our high debt level, we may be less able to respond effectively to these developments than our competitors who have less financial leverage. 31 THE SUCCESS OF OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS UPON OUR ABILITY TO OFFER INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS. Our success depends in large part on our ability to develop, market and deliver innovative, exciting products that appeal to multiple consumer segments at a range of price points. Any failure on our part to develop innovative products, update core products or anticipate, identify and respond effectively to changing consumer demands and fashion trends could adversely affect retail and consumer acceptance of our products, limit sales growth and leave us with a substantial amount of unsold inventory. If we do have such inventory, we may be forced to rely on markdowns, which may harm our business. At the same time, our focus on tight management of inventory may result, from time to time, in our not having an adequate supply of products to meet consumer demand and cause us to lose sales. The exposure of our business to changes in consumer preferences is heightened by our increasing reliance on offshore manufacturers, as offshore outsourcing may increase lead times between production decisions and customer delivery. INCREASES IN THE PRICE OF RAW MATERIALS OR THEIR REDUCED AVAILABILITY COULD INCREASE OUR COST OF SALES AND DECREASE OUR PROFITABILITY. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, synthetics, wools and blends. The prices we pay for these fabrics are dependent on the market price for raw materials used to produce them, primarily cotton. The price and availability of cotton may fluctuate significantly, depending on a variety of factors, including crop yields. Any raw material price increases could increase our cost of sales and decrease our profitability unless we are able to pass higher prices on to our customers. Moreover, any decrease in the availability of cotton could impair our ability to meet our production requirements in a timely manner. OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH IMPORTING PRODUCTS. We import raw materials and finished garments into all of our operating regions. Substantially all of our import operations are subject to: o quotas imposed by bilateral textile agreements between the countries where our facilities are located and foreign countries; o customs duties imposed on imported products by the governments where our facilities are located; and o penalties imposed for, or adverse publicity relating to, violations by foreign contractors of labor and wage standards. In addition, the countries in which our products are manufactured or imported may from time to time impose additional new quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions on our imports or adversely modify existing restrictions. Adverse changes in these import costs and restrictions could harm our business. RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS WE MAY BE UNABLE TO REVERSE OR RECOVER FROM CONTINUING DECLINES IN SALES WHICH HAVE IMPAIRED OUR COMPETITIVE AND FINANCIAL POSITIONS. Our business has declined in recent years. Net sales declined from $7.1 billion in 1996 to $4.3 billion in 2001, a decrease of 40%. Our market research indicated that we experienced significant brand equity and market position erosion in all of the regions in which we operate. Our declining business, and the actions we took in response to that decline, prevented us from repaying the substantial debt we incurred in the 1996 transaction as quickly as we then intended. As a result, our financial condition remains highly leveraged, reducing our operating flexibility and impairing our ability to respond to developments in the worldwide apparel industry as effectively as competitors that do not have comparable financial leverage. In response to these trends, we have made substantial strategic, operational and management changes. We do not know whether those changes will have the desired effect on our worldwide operations or on the financial results of any of our operating regions. 32 WE MAY BE UNABLE TO MAINTAIN OR INCREASE OUR SALES THROUGH OUR CURRENT DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS. In the U.S., chain stores and department stores are currently the primary distribution channels for our products. We may be unable to increase sales of our apparel products through these distribution channels, since other channels, including vertically integrated specialty stores and mass merchants, account for most of the growth in jeanswear and casual wear sales in the U.S. Our lack of a substantial presence in the vertically integrated specialty store market, where companies such as Gap Inc., Abercrombie & Fitch Co. and American Eagle Outfitters compete, weakens our ability to market to younger consumers. Moreover, we do not sell products to mass merchants in the U.S., such as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., the Target division of Target Corporation and Kmart Corporation, a distribution channel that continues to increase its share of overall retail spending, as well as its share of jeanswear and casual wear sales. At the same time, entry or expansion into distribution channels requires investment, imposes new capability and service requirements and creates the risk of reduced sales and support from existing customers. In Europe we depend heavily on independent jeanswear retailers, which account for approximately half of our sales in that region. Independent retailers in Europe have experienced increasing difficulty competing against large department stores and increasingly prevalent vertically integrated specialty stores. Further declines in the independent retailer channel may adversely affect the sales of our products in Europe. In Asia, we experienced declines in our core department stores channels in Japan and Australia, our two largest businesses in the region. Our business in Japan experienced a number of customer bankruptcies and we face increasing pressure to open new distribution throughout the region. We also do not have a large portfolio of company-owned stores and Internet distribution channels possessed by some of our competitors. Although we own a small number of stores located in selected major urban areas, we operate those stores primarily as "flagships" for marketing and branding purposes and do not expect them to produce substantial unit volume or sales. As a result, we have less control than some industry competitors over the distribution and presentation at retail of our products, which we believe has adversely affected our performance and could make it more difficult for us to implement our strategy. A GROUP OF KEY U.S. CUSTOMERS ACCOUNTS FOR A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF OUR SALES. Net sales to our ten largest customers, all of which are located in the U.S., totaled approximately 47% and 48% of total net sales during fiscal years 2001 and 2000. One customer, J. C. Penney Company, Inc., accounted for approximately 13% of our fiscal year 2001 net sales and 12% of our fiscal year 2000 net sales. Moreover, we believe that consolidation in the retail industry has centralized purchasing decisions and given customers greater leverage over suppliers like us, and we expect that trend to continue, including in Europe, Canada and Mexico. While we have long-standing customer relationships, we do not have long-term contracts with any of them. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and the relationship, as well as particular orders, can be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by a major customer, whether motivated by competitive considerations, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, to decrease its purchases from us or to change its manner of doing business with us, could adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, during recent years, various retailers, including some of our customers, have experienced significant changes and difficulties, including consolidation of ownership, increased centralization of buying decisions, restructurings, bankruptcies and liquidations. For example, several of our key retail customers in Japan filed for bankruptcy in fiscal year 2001. These and other financial problems of some of our retailers, as well as general weakness in the retail environment, increase the risk of extending credit to these retailers. A significant adverse change in a customer relationship or in a customer's financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume more credit risk relating to that customer's receivables, limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous purchases by that customer, or result in required prepayment of our U.S. and European receivables securitization arrangements, all of which could harm our business and financial condition. 33 OUR REVENUES ARE DEPENDENT ON SALES OF JEANS PRODUCTS. Our revenues are derived mostly from sales of jeans products. Our Levi's(R) brand, which consists primarily of denim bottoms, generated approximately 75% of our total net sales in 2001. Sales of Levi's(R) brand products accounted for approximately 66% of net sales in the Americas, approximately 91% of net sales in Europe and approximately 95% of net sales in Asia Pacific. Our success is dependent on the strength of consumer demand for branded jeans products and our ability to continually develop, source and offer innovative jeans products of superior fit, finish and fabric at prices that generate acceptable margins for both us and for our retail customers. In addition, in many countries outside the U.S., the appeal of the brand and of Levi's(R) jeans products as a more fashionable, premium product together with the higher cost of doing business in those areas, and local retail and market conditions has resulted in higher prices for those products than in the U.S. The increasingly global business environment, the emergence of the Internet, the rise of mass merchants in multiple markets and other factors could contribute to increased price and value-consciousness on the part of consumers. Our success is dependent in part on our responding to these developments by offering products across a variety of price points targeted effectively to channel and consumer segments. Our inability to do so could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition. WE RELY ON INDEPENDENT MANUFACTURERS FOR MOST OF OUR PRODUCTION. Our reliance on independent manufacturers for the majority of our production could harm our operations. We depend upon our contract manufacturers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. This dependence could subject us to difficulty in obtaining timely delivery of products of acceptable quality. In addition, a contractor's failure to ship products to us in a timely manner or to meet the required quality standards could cause us to miss the delivery date requirements of our customers. The failure to make timely deliveries may cause our customers to cancel orders, refuse to accept deliveries, impose non-compliance charges through invoice deductions or other charge-backs, demand reduced prices or reduce future orders, any of which could harm our sales and overall profitability. We require contractors to meet our standards in terms of working conditions, environmental protection and other matters before we are willing to place business with them. As such, we may not be able to obtain the lowest-cost production. In addition, any failure by our independent manufacturers to adhere to labor or other laws or appropriate labor or business practices, and the potential negative publicity relating to any of these events, could harm our business and reputation. We do not have long-term contracts with any of our independent manufacturers, and any of these manufacturers may unilaterally terminate their relationship with us at any time. In addition, the recent trend in the apparel industry towards outsourcing has intensified competition for quality contractors, some of which have long-standing relationships with our competitors. For example, in November 2001, our principal competitor in the U.S., VF Corporation, announced it was closing manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and increasing its use of contract manufacturers. Our reliance on independent manufacturers may increase in the next year. We are now discussing with our unions in the U.S. potential additional closures of manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and are consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. If we ultimately close facilities, our reliance on independent manufacturers will increase. To the extent we are not able to secure or maintain relationships with manufacturers that are able to fulfill our requirements, our business would be harmed. WE RELY ON A FEW KEY SUPPLIERS FOR A LARGE PORTION OF OUR FABRIC PURCHASES. Three vendors, Cone Mills Corporation, Galey & Lord, Inc., including its Swift Denim subsidiary and Burlington Industries, Inc. supplied approximately 45% of our total volume of fabric purchases worldwide in 2001. Cone Mills, our largest supplier, supplies various fabrics to us and is the sole supplier of the denim used for our 501(R) jeans. Purchases from Cone Mills accounted for approximately 25% of our total fabric purchases in 2001. Our supply agreement with Cone Mills provides for a rolling five-year term unless either Cone Mills or we elect not to extend the agreement, upon which the agreement will terminate at the end of the then-current term. Cone Mills and we may also terminate the agreement in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the other party or a material breach by the other that is not cured within a specified time period. We may also terminate the agreement at any time upon 30 days notice to Cone Mills. 34 The U.S. textile industry had a very difficult year in 2001. The slowdown in the retail market and competition from foreign mills has resulted in a significant drop in demand for U.S. produced fabrics and a deterioration of mill profit margins. Several U.S. mills have filed for bankruptcy protection. Burlington Industries, Inc., our third largest supplier, filed for bankruptcy protection on November 15, 2001. We do not have long-term supply agreements with any principal suppliers other than Cone Mills, and we compete with other apparel companies for supply capacity. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to obtain adequate supply if there occurs a significant disruption in any of our supplier relationships, including any disruption caused by a change of control, bankruptcy or other financial or operating difficulty of any of our suppliers, or in the markets for the fabrics we purchase, including disruptions arising from mill closures or consolidation resulting from excess industry capacity or otherwise. Any of those disruptions could impair our ability to deliver products to customers in a timely manner and harm our business. OUR SUCCESS IS DEPENDENT ON OUR ABILITY TO EXECUTE MULTIPLE INITIATIVES AT THE SAME TIME. We are engaging in a number of major activities at the same time including: o rationalizing and updating our product lines; o broadening price points in all regions where we compete; o initiating substantial changes in our information systems in the U.S. and Asia; o rolling out new collaborative account planning, replenishment and marketing programs with customers; o making organizational changes in the U.S. and Japan to reflect product line and sales strategies; and o considering potential plant closures in the U.S. and Scotland. Our ability to execute multiple initiatives in a difficult retail environment with minimal business disruption is dependent on the strength of our planning, the quality of integration across business functions and the success of our management team in leading and motivating our employees. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to execute successfully all of these initiatives. WE HAVE RECENTLY MADE SUBSTANTIAL CHANGES IN OUR MANAGEMENT TEAM. We made substantial changes in our management team in the last year. The president of our Americas business left us in February 2001 after 10 months in the position. Philip Marineau, our Chief Executive Officer, is now the acting president of the Americas. We appointed new leaders of our U.S. Levi's(R) brand, our European Levi's(R) brand, our European Dockers(R) brand and our U.S. sales organization. We cannot provide assurance that our management team will be able to work together successfully to execute our strategy, and our business and financial condition may suffer if they fail to do so. THE SUCCESS OF OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS ON OUR ABILITY TO STRENGTHEN OUR INTERNAL CAPABILITIES AND HUMAN RESOURCES. We need talent, skills and experience in a number of areas including core business activities. Our success is dependent upon strengthening our internal capabilities, including our management bench strength, across our business and at a rapid pace. An inability to retain and attract qualified personnel or the loss of any of our current key executives could harm our business. Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees has been adversely affected by the San Francisco location of our corporate and Americas headquarters due to the high cost of living in the San Francisco area. Other factors that have affected our ability to retain and attract employees include the disruption associated with our restructuring initiatives and our deteriorating financial position in recent years. 35 OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS ON THE CONTINUED PROTECTION OF OUR TRADEMARKS AND OTHER PROPRIETARY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Our trademarks and other intellectual property rights are important to our success and competitive position, and the loss or inability to enforce trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights could harm our business. We devote substantial resources to the establishment and protection of our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis. We cannot provide assurance that our efforts to establish and protect our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products. Moreover, we cannot provide assurance that others will not assert rights in, or ownership of, our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property or that we will be able to successfully resolve those claims. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not allow us to protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as we do in the U.S. and other countries. Because our brand recognition is such an important part of our strategy, we are especially dependent upon the protection of our trademarks. OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS EXPOSE US TO POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC RISKS. In fiscal year 2001, we generated approximately 38% of our net sales outside the U.S., and a substantial amount of our products came from sources outside of the country of distribution. As a result, we are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, including: o political and economic instability; o exchange controls; o language and other cultural barriers; o less-protective laws relating to intellectual property; o foreign tax treaties and policies; and o restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. Our reported financial performance on a U.S. dollar denominated basis is also subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. For example, during fiscal year 2001, changes in foreign currency rates, particularly the euro, were responsible for the entire net sales decline from the prior year period for our Europe division. If currency exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, net sales for fiscal year 2001 would have increased approximately 1% for our Europe division. Approximately $85.3 million of the decrease in total net sales for fiscal year 2001, as compared to the same period in 2000, was due to the effects of translating non-U.S. currency reported sales results into U.S. dollars. OUR EARNINGS MAY FLUCTUATE BECAUSE OF OUR EXPOSURE MANAGEMENT POLICIES. We manage our foreign currency exposures in a way that makes it unlikely that we will obtain hedge accounting treatment for all of our exposure management activities due to the adoption of SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." We take a long-term view of managing our exposures on an economic basis. We use forecasts to develop exposure positions and engage in active management of those exposures with the objective of protecting future cash flows and mitigating risks. As a result, not all of our exposure management activities and foreign currency derivative instruments will qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. We are required to record the changes in the market values of those exposure management instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment in income and, as a result, our earnings may be subject to volatility. 36 OUR APPROACH TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MAY LEAD US TO TAKE ACTIONS THAT CONFLICT WITH OUR CREDITORS' INTERESTS AS HOLDERS OF NOTES. All of our common stock is owned by a voting trust described under "Principal Stockholders." Four voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Although the voting trust agreement gives the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates the power to remove trustees and terminate the voting trust, three of the trustees, as a group based on their ownership of voting trust certificates, have the ability to block all efforts by the two-thirds of the holders of the voting trust certificates to remove a trustee or terminate the voting trust. In addition, the concentration of voting trust certificate ownership in a small group of holders, including these three trustees, gives this group the voting power to block stockholder action on matters for which the holders of the voting trust certificates are entitled to vote and direct the trustees under the voting trust agreement. Our principal stockholders created the voting trust in part to ensure that we would continue to operate in a socially responsible manner while seeking the greatest long-term benefit for our stockholders, employees and other stakeholders and constituencies. As a result, we cannot provide assurance that the voting trustees will cause us to be operated and managed in a manner that benefits our creditors or that the interests of the voting trustees or our principal equity holders will not diverge from our creditors. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS We are exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign exchange, interest rates and the price of cotton. We actively manage foreign currency and interest rate risks with the objective of reducing fluctuations in actual and anticipated cash flows by entering into a variety of derivative instruments including spot, forwards, options and swaps. We currently do not manage our exposure to the price of cotton with derivative instruments. FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK Foreign exchange market risk exposures are primarily related to cash management activities, raw material and finished goods purchases, net investment positions and royalty flows from affiliates. The following table presents notional amounts, average exchange rates and fair values for forward and swap contracts by currency. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents. The notional amount represents the total net position outstanding as of the stated date. A positive amount represents a long position in U.S. dollar versus the exposure currency, while a negative amount represents a short position in U.S. dollar versus the exposure currency. The net position is the sum of all buy transactions minus the sum of all sell transactions. The unrealized gain (loss) is the fair value of the outstanding position. The average forward rate is the forward rate weighted by the total of the transacted amounts. All transactions will mature before January 2003. 37
OUTSTANDING FORWARD AND SWAP TRANSACTIONS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT AVERAGE RATES) AS OF AS OF NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, CURRENCY DATA 2001 2000 -------- ---- ------------ ------------ Australian Dollar.......................... Notional amount $24,488 $3,522 Unrealized loss (629) (23) Average forward rate 0.51 0.52 Argentine Peso............................. Notional amount $1,847 $3,151 Unrealized loss (116) (51) Average forward rate 0.94 0.65 Canadian Dollar............................ Notional amount $12,713 $11,021 Unrealized gain (loss) 334 (41) Average forward rate 1.57 1.56 Swiss Franc................................ Notional amount $(11,996) $(8,426) Unrealized loss (19) (8) Average forward rate 1.66 1.80 Danish Krona............................... Notional amount $11,879 -- Unrealized loss (133) -- Average forward rate 0.12 -- Euro ..................................... Notional amount $180,309 $69,045 Unrealized gain 8,662 5,439 Average forward rate 0.89 0.83 British Pound.............................. Notional amount $114,831 $65,862 Unrealized gain 805 1,413 Average forward rate 1.42 1.43 Greek Drachma.............................. Notional amount -- $1,689 Unrealized gain -- 103 Average forward rate -- 398.40 Hungarian Forint .......................... Notional amount $5,867 -- Unrealized gain 46 -- Average forward rate 227 -- Japanese Yen............................... Notional amount $43,283 $54,168 Unrealized gain 4,029 2,198 Average forward rate 120.48 107.57 Mexican Peso............................... Notional amount $7,095 $1,511 Unrealized loss (133) (194) Average forward rate 9.36 9.80 Norwegian Krona............................ Notional amount $5,730 -- Unrealized loss (55) -- Average forward rate 9.02 -- New Zealand Dollar......................... Notional amount $(3,008) $(1,681) Unrealized gain (loss) 26 (2) Average forward rate 0.41 0.40 38 Swedish Krona.............................. Notional amount $54,209 $54,630 Unrealized gain 829 501 Average forward rate 10.63 10.16 Singapore Dollar........................... Notional amount $(8,269) -- Unrealized loss (96) -- Average forward rate 1.81 -- Taiwan Dollar.............................. Notional amount $ 3,979 -- Unrealized loss (38) -- Average forward rate 34.86 -- South African Rand......................... Notional amount $ 2,808 $ 3,482 Unrealized gain 285 258 Average forward rate 9.57 7.24 ------- ------- Total Unrealized Gain................. $13,797 $ 9,593 ======= =======
The following table presents notional amounts, average strike rates and fair values of outstanding foreign currency options. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents. The notional amount represents the total net position outstanding as of the stated date should the option be exercised. A positive amount represents a long position in U.S. dollars, while a negative amount represents a short position in U.S. dollars, versus the relevant currency. The market value is the fair value of the option transaction reported in our financial statements. The average strike rate is weighted by the total of the notional amounts. All transactions will expire before January 2003. 39
OUTSTANDING OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT AVERAGE RATES) AS OF AS OF NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, CURRENCY DATA 2001 2000 -------- ---- ------------ ------------ Australian Dollar..............................Notional amount -- $ 12,750 Market value -- 75 Average strike rate -- 0.52 Canadian Dollar................................Notional amount $(44,000) $ 10,000 Market value (3) 158 Average strike rate 1.57 1.53 Euro...........................................Notional amount $61,344 $634,588 Market value 4,559 5,091 Average strike rate 0.89 0.88 British Pound..................................Notional amount -- $ (8,444) Market value -- -- Average strike rate -- 1.32 Japanese Yen...................................Notional amount -- $ 20,000 Market value -- 1,041 Average strike rate -- 109.18 Mexican Peso...................................Notional amount -- $ 5,000 Market value -- (76) Average strike rate -- 9.84 Swedish Krona..................................Notional amount $21,673 -- Market value (242) -- Average strike rate 11.12 -- South African Rand.............................Notional amount $ 5,000 $ -- Market value 14 -- Average strike rate 9.76 7.69 ------- ------- Total Market Value........................ $ 4,328 $ 6,289 ======= =======
INTEREST RATE RISK We have an interest rate risk management policy designed to manage the interest rate risk on our borrowings by entering into a variety of interest rate derivatives. The following table provides information about our derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and interest rates by contractual maturity dates. The applicable floating rate index is included for variable rate instruments. Notional amounts are the amounts outstanding at the end of the stated period. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents. 40
INTEREST RATE TABLE AS OF NOVEMBER 25, 2001 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) YEAR ENDED ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FAIR VALUE 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2001 ---------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- DEBT INSTRUMENTS Fixed Rate (US$)........... $1,244,705 $1,224,774 $868,571 $861,571 $830,000 $380,000 $380,000 $ 985,523 Average Interest Rate.... 8.36% 8.45% 9.11% 9.11% 9.12% 11.63% 11.63% -- Fixed Rate (Yen 20 billion). $ 164,413 $ 164,413 $164,413 $164,413 $164,413 $164,413 $164,413 $ 113,115 Average Interest Rate.... 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% -- Fixed Rate (Euro 125 million) $ 114,378 $ 110,250 $110,250 $110,250 $110,250 $110,250 $110,250 $ 85,719 Average Interest Rate.... 11.63% 11.63% 11.63% 11.63% 11.63% 11.63% 11.63% -- Variable Rate (US$)........ $ 401,429 $ 147,076 $ 25,741 $ 24,365 -- -- -- $ 401,429 Average Interest Rate*... 6.84% 4.21% 7.59% 7.59% -- -- -- -- Variable Rate (Euro)....... $ 41,366 $ 41,366 $ 41,366 -- -- -- -- $ 41,366 Average Interest Rate*... 4.03% 4.03% 4.03% -- -- -- -- -- INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RELATED TO DEBT Interest Rate Options Combination Pay fix 8.10%/Pay fix 6.72% vs. Receive 3 month LIBOR $ 75,000 -- -- -- -- -- -- $ (614) Collar = Locked fixed payer rate in average 6.75%-7.20% range $ 200,000 -- -- -- -- -- -- $ (1,652) ______________ *Assumes no change in short-term interest rates
41
INTEREST RATE TABLE AS OF NOVEMBER 26, 2000 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) YEAR ENDED ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FAIR VALUE 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2000 ---------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- DEBT INSTRUMENTS Fixed Rate (US$)........... $ 856,637 $ 850,548 $844,774 $488,465 $481,571 $450,000 -- $ 684,486 Average Interest Rate.... 7.05% 7.03% 7.02% 7.15% 7.13% 7.00% -- -- Fixed Rate (Yen 20 billion). $ 184,043 $ 184,043 $184,043 $184,043 $184,043 $184,043 $184,043 $ 133,945 Average Interest Rate.... 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% 4.25% -- Variable Rate (US$)........ $1,071,185 $1,069,417 $ 68,143 $ 56,889 $ 24,365 -- -- $1,071,185 Average Interest Rate*... 8.85% 8.85% 7.64% 8.06% 9.68% -- -- -- INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RELATED TO DEBT Interest Rate Options Collar = Locked fixed payer rate in 6.72%-7.20% range/Receive variable 3 month LIBOR, combined with Receive 8.25% fix/Pay variable 3 month LIBOR $ 75,000 $ 75,000 -- -- -- -- -- $ (85) Combination Pay fix 7%/ Receive fix 8% vs variable 3 month LIBOR $ 75,000 $ 75,000 -- -- -- -- -- $ 2 Combination Pay fix 8.10%/ Pay fix 6.72% vs Receive 3 month LIBOR $ 75,000 $ 75,000 -- -- -- -- -- $ (170) Collar = Locked fixed payer rate in average 6.75%-7.20% range $ 200,000 $ 200,000 -- -- -- -- -- $ (537) ______________ *Assumes no change in short-term interest rates
42 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Levi Strauss & Co.: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Levi Strauss & Co. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended November 25, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Levi Strauss & Co. and subsidiaries as of November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended November 25, 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. Schedule II listed in the index of financial statements (not presented herein) is presented for the purpose of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP San Francisco, California December 21, 2001 (except with respect to the matters discussed in Note 20, as to which the date is January 29, 2002). 43
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, 2001 2000 ------------ ------------ ASSETS Current Assets: Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................... $ 102,831 $ 117,058 Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $26,666 in 2001 and $29,717 in 2000........................................................................ 621,224 660,128 Inventories: Raw materials........................................................................ 97,261 120,760 Work-in-process...................................................................... 50,499 84,871 Finished goods....................................................................... 462,417 446,618 ----------- ----------- Total inventories............................................................... 610,177 652,249 Deferred tax assets...................................................................... 189,958 250,817 Other current assets..................................................................... 110,252 168,621 ----------- ----------- Total current assets............................................................ 1,634,442 1,848,873 Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $527,647 in 2001 and $495,986 in 2000........................................................................... 514,711 574,039 Goodwill and other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $175,603 in 2001 and $164,826 in 2000........................................................................... 254,233 264,956 Non-current deferred tax assets............................................................... 484,260 439,692 Other assets.................................................................................. 95,840 78,168 ----------- ----------- TOTAL ASSETS.................................................................... $ 2,983,486 $ 3,205,728 =========== =========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT Current Liabilities: Current maturities of long-term debt and short-term borrowings........................... $ 162,944 $ 231,290 Accounts payable......................................................................... 234,199 268,473 Restructuring reserves................................................................... 45,220 71,595 Accrued liabilities...................................................................... 301,620 395,660 Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits............................................ 212,728 257,021 Accrued taxes............................................................................ 26,475 69,772 ----------- ----------- Total current liabilities....................................................... 983,186 1,293,811 Long-term debt, less current maturities....................................................... 1,795,489 1,895,140 Postretirement medical benefits............................................................... 544,476 545,574 Long-term employee related benefits........................................................... 384,751 358,849 Long-term tax liabilities..................................................................... 174,978 166,854 Other long-term liabilities................................................................... 16,402 20,588 Minority interest ............................................................................ 20,147 23,485 ----------- ----------- Total liabilities............................................................... 3,919,429 4,304,301 ----------- ----------- Stockholders' Deficit: Common stock--$.01 par value; 270,000,000 shares authorized; 37,278,238 shares issued and outstanding................................................................. 373 373 Additional paid-in capital............................................................... 88,808 88,808 Accumulated deficit...................................................................... (1,020,860) (1,171,864) Accumulated other comprehensive loss..................................................... (4,264) (15,890) ----------- ----------- Stockholders' deficit........................................................... (935,943) (1,098,573) ----------- ----------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT..................................... $ 2,983,486 $ 3,205,728 =========== =========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
44
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, NOVEMBER 28, 2001 2000 1999 ----------- ----------- ----------- Net sales.................................................. $ 4,258,674 $ 4,645,126 $ 5,139,458 Cost of goods sold......................................... 2,461,198 2,690,170 3,180,845 ----------- ----------- ----------- Gross profit.......................................... 1,797,476 1,954,956 1,958,613 Marketing, general and administrative expenses............. 1,355,885 1,481,718 1,629,845 Other operating (income)................................... (33,420) (32,380) (24,387) Excess capacity/restructuring charges (reversals).......... (4,286) (33,144) 497,683 Global Success Sharing Plan (reversal)..................... -- -- (343,873) ----------- ----------- ----------- Operating income...................................... 479,297 538,762 199,345 Interest expense........................................... 230,772 234,098 182,978 Other (income) expense, net................................ 8,836 (39,016) 7,868 ----------- ----------- ----------- Income before taxes................................... 239,689 343,680 8,499 Provision for taxes........................................ 88,685 120,288 3,144 ----------- ----------- ----------- Net income............................................ $ 151,004 $ 223,392 $ 5,355 =========== =========== =========== Earnings per share-- basic and diluted..................... $ 4.05 $ 5.99 $ 0.14 =========== =========== =========== Weighted-average common shares outstanding................. 37,278,238 37,278,238 37,278,238 =========== =========== =========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
45
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) ACCUMULATED ADDITIONAL OTHER COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED COMPREHENSIVE STOCKHOLDERS' STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT INCOME (LOSS) DEFICIT ------ ---------- ----------- ------------- ------------- BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 29, 1998..................... $ 373 $88,812 $(1,400,611) $ (2,321) $(1,313,747) ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- Net income....................................... -- -- 5,355 -- 5,355 Other comprehensive income (net of tax).......... -- -- -- 19,830 19,830 ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- Total comprehensive income....................... -- -- 5,355 19,830 25,185 ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 28, 1999..................... 373 88,812 (1,395,256) 17,509 (1,288,562) ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- Treasury stock................................... -- (4) -- -- (4) ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- Net income....................................... -- -- 223,392 -- 223,392 Other comprehensive income (net of tax).......... -- -- -- (33,399) (33,399) ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- Total comprehensive income....................... -- -- 223,392 (33,399) 189,993 ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 26, 2000..................... 373 88,808 (1,171,864) (15,890) (1,098,573) ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- Net income....................................... -- -- 151,004 -- 151,004 Other comprehensive income (net of tax).......... -- -- -- 11,626 11,626 ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- Total comprehensive income....................... -- -- 151,004 11,626 162,630 ------ ------- ----------- -------- ----------- BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 25, 2001..................... $ 373 $88,808 $(1,020,860) $ (4,264) $ (935,943) ====== ======= =========== ======== =========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
46
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, NOVEMBER 28, 2001 2000 1999 ------------ ------------ ------------ CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income.................................................................... $ 151,004 $ 223,392 $ 5,355 Adjustments to reconcile net cash provided by (used for) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization........................................... 80,619 90,981 120,102 Gain on dispositions of property, plant and equipment................... (1,017) (24,683) (3,802) Unrealized foreign exchange gains....................................... (22,995) (5,194) (10,130) Decrease in trade receivables........................................... 30,541 54,032 57,643 Decrease (increase) in income taxes receivable.......................... -- 70,000 (70,000) Decrease (increase) in inventories...................................... 41,933 (20,949) 106,979 Decrease (increase) in other current assets............................. 71,416 (17,974) (47,284) (Increase) decrease in other long-term assets........................... (18,811) (22,436) 18,572 Decrease in net deferred tax assets..................................... 13,952 55,179 29,340 (Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities......... (123,404) 33,073 11,362 (Decrease) increase in restructuring reserves........................... (26,375) (216,686) 43,630 (Decrease) increase in accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits.... (44,316) 70,859 (22,974) (Decrease) increase in accrued taxes.................................... (43,587) 49,618 (32,640) Increase (decrease) in long-term employee related benefits.............. 24,749 43,320 (376,204) Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities...................... 3,155 (52,075) 149 Other, net.............................................................. 5,036 (24,531) (3,870) ----------- ---------- ----------- Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities............... 141,900 305,926 (173,772) ----------- ---------- ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchases of property, plant and equipment................................... (22,541) (27,955) (61,062) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment.......................... 5,773 114,048 69,455 (Increase) decrease in gains (losses) on net investment hedges............... (462) 67,978 53,736 Other, net .................................................................. -- 152 228 ----------- ---------- ----------- Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities............... (17,230) 154,223 62,357 ----------- ---------- ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt..................................... 1,913,872 376,196 1,462,052 Repayments of long-term debt................................................. (2,044,560) (903,371) (1,230,145) Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings............................. (9,202) 118 (7,688) Other, net .................................................................. -- (5) -- ----------- ---------- ----------- Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities............... (139,890) (527,062) 224,219 ----------- ---------- ----------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash...................................... 993 (8,845) (4,553) ----------- ---------- ----------- Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents......... (14,227) (75,758) 108,251 Beginning cash and cash equivalents.......................................... 117,058 192,816 84,565 ----------- ---------- ----------- ENDING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS............................................. $ 102,831 $ 117,058 $ 192,816 =========== ========== =========== SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid during the year for: Interest................................................................ $ 182,156 $ 202,355 $ 172,688 Income taxes............................................................ 110,354 56,982 82,675 Restructuring initiatives............................................... 22,089 183,542 416,123 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
47 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION The consolidated financial statements of Levi Strauss & Co. and its wholly-owned and majority-owned foreign and domestic subsidiaries ("LS&CO." or "Company") are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("U.S."). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. LS&CO. is privately held primarily by descendants and relatives of its founder, Levi Strauss. The Company's fiscal year consists of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the last Sunday of November in each year. The 2001, 2000 and 1999 fiscal years consisted of 52 weeks and ended November 25, 2001, November 26, 2000 and November 28, 1999, respectively. The fiscal year end for certain foreign subsidiaries is November 30 due to certain local statutory requirements. All references to years relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2001 presentation. ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the related notes to the financial statements. Changes in such estimates, based on more accurate future information, may affect amounts reported in future periods. NATURE OF OPERATIONS The Company is one of the world's leading branded apparel companies with operations in more than 45 countries and sales in more than 100 countries. The Company designs and markets jeans and jeans-related pants, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories, for men, women and children, under the Levi's(R) and Dockers(R) brands. The Company markets its Levi's(R) and Dockers(R) brand products in three geographic regions: the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. The stockholders' deficit resulted from a 1996 transaction in which the Company's stockholders created new long-term governance arrangements, including a voting trust and stockholders agreement. As a result, shares of stock of a former parent company, Levi Strauss Associates Inc., including shares held under several employee benefit and compensation plans, were converted into the right to receive cash. The funding for the cash payments in this transaction was provided in part by cash on hand and in part from proceeds of approximately $3.3 billion of borrowings under bank credit facilities. The Company's ability to satisfy its obligations and to reduce its total debt depends on the Company's future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. The Company relies on a number of suppliers for its manufacturing processes, particularly Cone Mills Corporation, which has been and remains the sole supplier of the denim used for 501(R) jeans through the Company's only long-term supply contract. In 2001, 2000 and 1999, Cone Mills Corporation supplied approximately 25%, 26% and 22%, respectively, of the total volume of fabrics purchased worldwide by the Company. The loss of Cone Mills Corporation or other principal suppliers could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. For 2001, 2000 and 1999, the Company had one customer that represented approximately 13%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales. A group of key U.S. customers accounts for a significant portion of the Company's total net sales. Net sales to the Company's ten largest customers, all of which are located in the U.S., totaled approximately 47%, 48% and 46% of total net sales during fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. 48 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) Most of the Company's production and distribution employees in the U.S. are covered by various collective bargaining agreements. Outside the U.S., most of the Company's production and distribution employees are covered by either industry-sponsored and/or state-sponsored collective bargaining mechanisms. The Company considers its relations with its employees to be good and has not recently experienced any material job actions or labor shortages. As of November 25, 2001, the Company employed approximately 16,700 employees. Approximately 65% of the Company's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, of which about 33% will expire within one year. The Company is now discussing with its unions in the U.S. potential closures of manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and is consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. (SEE NOTE 20 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) REVENUE RECOGNITION Revenue from the sale of products is recognized upon shipment of products to customers. Allowances for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and incentives are recognized when sales are recorded and are based on various market data, historical trends and information from customers. Actual returns, discounts and retailer promotions and incentives have not been materially different from estimates. ADVERTISING COSTS In accordance with Statement of Position ("SOP") 93-7, "Reporting on Advertising Costs," the Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense is recorded in marketing, general and administrative expenses. For fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999 total advertising expense was $357.3 million, $402.7 million and $490.2 million, respectively. OTHER OPERATING INCOME Royalties from sales of merchandise by licensees of our trademarks are recognized when earned and are recorded in other operating income. MINORITY INTEREST Minority interest is included in other income/expense, net, and includes a 16.4% minority interest of Levi Strauss Japan K.K., the Company's Japanese affiliate, and a 49.0% minority interest of Levi Strauss Istanbul Konfeksigon, the Company's Turkish affiliate. EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and excludes the dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be issued. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus all potential dilutive common shares. The Company does not have any potentially dilutive shares. Therefore, basic and diluted EPS are the same. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding is 37,278,238 for all periods presented. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair market value. INVENTORY VALUATION Inventories are valued at the lower of average cost or market value and include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. In determining inventory values, the Company gives substantial consideration to the expected product selling price. 49 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The cost is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Buildings are depreciated over 20 to 40 years, and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the life of the improvement or the initial lease term. Machinery and equipment includes furniture and fixtures, automobiles and trucks, and computers, and are depreciated over a range from three to 20 years. The Company adopted SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," in the first quarter of fiscal year 2000. SOP 98-1 requires certain costs for computer software developed or obtained for internal use to be capitalized. Capitalized software is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and is amortized over three years on a straight-line basis. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Goodwill and other intangibles are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Goodwill resulted primarily from a 1985 acquisition of LS&CO. by Levi Strauss Associates Inc., a former parent company that was subsequently merged into the Company in 1996. Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years through the year 2025. Other intangibles consist primarily of tradenames, which were valued as a result of the 1985 acquisition. Tradenames and other intangibles are being amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from six to 40 years. (SEE "NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS" BELOW ON THE ISSUANCE OF STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. ("SFAS") 142, "GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS" FOR CHANGES IN FISCAL YEAR 2003.) LONG-LIVED ASSETS In accordance with SFAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of," the Company reviews long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangibles, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the expected future undiscounted cash flows, the Company measures and records an impairment loss for the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value. (SEE "NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS" BELOW ON THE ISSUANCE OF SFAS 144, "ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OR DISPOSAL OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS" FOR CHANGES IN FISCAL YEAR 2003.) INCOME TAXES Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT The functional currency for most of the Company's foreign operations is the applicable local currency. For those operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates and income and expense accounts are translated at average monthly exchange rates. Net changes resulting from such translations are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated financial statements. The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for foreign operations in countries with highly inflationary economies and certain other subsidiaries. The translation adjustments for these entities are included in other income/expense, net. SELF-INSURANCE The Company is partially self-insured for workers' compensation and certain employee health benefits. Accruals for losses are made based on the Company's claims experience and actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry. Actual losses could differ from accrued amounts. 50 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) SECURITIZATIONS The Company accounts for securitization of receivables in accordance with SFAS 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities." (SEE "NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS" BELOW ON THE ISSUANCE OF SFAS 140, "ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND EXTINGUISHMENTS OF LIABILITIES.") FOREIGN EXCHANGE MANAGEMENT The Company adopted SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," on the first day of fiscal year 2001 (see "New Accounting Standards" below). SFAS 133 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. The Company manages foreign currency exposures primarily to maximize the U.S. dollar value over the long term. The Company attempts to take a long-term view of managing exposures on an economic basis, using forecasts to develop exposure positions and engaging in active management of those exposures with the objective of protecting future cash flows and mitigating risks. As a result, not all exposure management activities and foreign currency derivative instruments will qualify for hedge accounting treatment. For derivative instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are classified into earnings. The Company uses a variety of derivative instruments, including forward, swap and option contracts, to protect against foreign currency exposures related to sourcing, net investment positions, royalties and cash management. The Company holds derivative positions only in currencies to which it has exposure. The Company has established a policy for a maximum allowable level of losses that may occur as a result of its currency exposure management activities. The maximum level of loss is based on a percentage of the total forecasted currency exposure being managed. INTEREST RATE MANAGEMENT The Company is exposed to interest rate risk. It is the Company's policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. For transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting or in which management has elected not to designate transactions for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are classified into earnings. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS The Company adopted SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," on the first day of fiscal year 2001. SFAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. In summary, SFAS 133 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. Fair value adjustments are made either through earnings or equity, depending upon the exposure being hedged and the effectiveness of the hedge. Due to the adoption of SFAS 133, the Company reported a net transition gain in other income/expense for fiscal year 2001 of $87 thousand. This transition amount was not recorded as a separate line item as a change in accounting principle, net of tax, due to the minimal impact on the Company's results of operations. In addition, the Company recorded a transition amount of $0.7 million (or $0.4 million net of related income taxes) that reduced other comprehensive income. (SEE NOTE 10 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) The Company adopted SFAS 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," which replaces SFAS 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Services of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," in fiscal year 2001. SFAS 140 revises the methods for accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral as outlined in SFAS 125, and requires certain additional disclosures. The adoption of SFAS 140 had no financial impact on the Company. (SEE NOTE 7 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," dated June 2001. SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized but instead be reviewed annually for impairment using a fair-value based approach. Intangible assets that have a finite life will continue to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS 142 on the first day of fiscal year 2003. Amortization expense for fiscal year 2001 was $10.7 million. The Company is currently evaluating the impact adoption may have on its financial position and results of operations. 51 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) The FASB issued SFAS 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," dated August 2001. This statement supercedes SFAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, "Reporting Results of Operations - Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions." SFAS 144 requires that the same accounting model be used for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and it broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal transactions. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS 144 on the first day of fiscal year 2003 and is currently evaluating the impact SFAS 144 may have on its financial position and results of operations.
NOTE 2: OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME TRANSITION ADJUSTMENTS ------------------- MINIMUM CASH NET CASH NET PENSION FLOW INVESTMENT FLOW INVESTMENT TRANSLATION LIABILITY HEDGES HEDGES HEDGES HEDGES ADJUSTMENTS TOTALS --------- ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ----------- ------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 29, 1998 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $(14,100) $ 11,779 $(2,321) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gross changes (1,235) -- -- -- 26,252 3,042 28,059 Tax 457 -- -- -- (8,686) -- (8,229) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (778) -- -- -- 17,566 3,042 19,830 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 28, 1999 (778) -- -- -- 3,466 14,821 17,509 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gross changes 1,235 -- -- -- 57,224 (70,185) (11,726) Tax (457) -- -- -- (21,216) -- (21,673) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 778 -- -- -- 36,008 (70,185) (33,399) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 26, 2000 -- -- -- -- 39,474 (55,364) (15,890) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gross changes -- (828) 120 4,844 12,752 634 17,522 Tax -- 306 (44) (1,792) (2,408) -- (3,938) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Subtotal -- (522) 76 3,052 10,344 634 13,584 Reclassification of cash flow hedges to other income/expense (net of tax of $1,151) -- 522 -- (2,480) -- -- (1,958) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Other comprehensive income, net of tax -- -- 76 572 10,344 634 11,626 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 25, 2001 $ -- $ -- $ 76 $ 572 $ 49,818 $(54,730) $(4,264) =============================================================================
NOTE 3: EXCESS MANUFACTURING CAPACITY/RESTRUCTURING RESERVES 2001 REORGANIZATION INITIATIVES In November 2001, the Company instituted various reorganization initiatives in the U.S. that includes simplifying product lines and realigning the Company's resources. The Company recorded an initial charge of $20.3 million in 2001 reflecting an estimated displacement of 517 employees. As of November 25, 2001 approximately 125 employees have been displaced. The ending balance for this reserve is displayed in the table below. In November 2001, the Company instituted various reorganization initiatives in Japan. These initiatives were prompted by business declines as a result of the prolonged economic slowdown in Japan, political uncertainty, major retail bankruptcies and dramatic shrinkage of the core denim jeans market. The Company recorded an initial charge of $2.0 million in 2001 reflecting an estimated displacement of 22 employees. The ending balance for this reserve is displayed in the table below. 52
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) U.S. REORGANIZATION INITIATIVES BALANCE BALANCE AT AT 11/26/00 CHARGES REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- ------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits...... $ -- $20,331 $(342) $19,989 ---- ------- ------ ------- Total........................... $ -- $20,331 $(342) $19,989 ==== ======= ====== ======= JAPAN REORGANIZATION INITIATIVES
BALANCE BALANCE AT AT 11/26/00 CHARGES REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- ------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits...... $ -- $1,657 $ -- $1,657 Other restructuring costs............ -- 374 (25) 349 ---- ------ ---- ------ Total........................... $ -- $2,031 $(25) $2,006 ==== ====== ==== ======
CORPORATE REORGANIZATION INITIATIVES In 1998, the Company instituted various corporate reorganization initiatives, displacing approximately 770 employees. The goal of these initiatives was to reduce overhead costs and consolidate operations. The Company recorded initial charges of $61.1 million in 1998 that consisted of $3.0 million for asset write-offs, $50.1 million for severance and employee benefits and $7.9 million for other restructuring costs. In fiscal year 2000, $3.7 million of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates. The reversal was primarily associated with employee benefits and higher sub-lease income than initially projected. The ending balances for this reserve are displayed in the table below. In line with these overhead reorganization initiatives, the Company recorded additional charges of $48.9 million in 1999 that consisted of $45.0 million for severance and employee benefits and $3.9 million for other restructuring costs. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $1.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates primarily associated with reductions in the number of employee displacements needed to complete the initiative. As of November 25, 2001, approximately 720 employees had been displaced. The ending balances for this reserve are displayed in the table below.
1998 CORPORATE REORGANIZATION INITIATIVES BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE AT AT AT 11/28/99 REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/26/00 CHARGES REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- --------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits......... $ 4,246 $(1,838) $(2,308) $ 100 $ -- $ -- $(100) $ -- Other restructuring costs............... 6,412 (1,897) (2,742) 1,773 -- -- (265) 1,508 ------- ------- -------- ------ ---- ------- ------ ------ Total.............................. $10,658 $(3,735) $(5,050) $1,873 $ -- $ -- $(365) $1,508 ======= ======= ======== ====== ==== ======= ====== ====== 1999 CORPORATE REORGANIZATION INITIATIVES BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE AT AT AT 11/28/99 REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/26/00 CHARGES REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- --------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits......... $43,550 $(7,695) $(33,093) $2,762 $ -- $(1,253) $(1,396) $113 Other restructuring costs............... 1,680 (1,268) (412) -- -- -- -- -- ------- ------- -------- ------ ---- -------- ------- ---- Total.............................. $45,230 $(8,963) $(33,505) $2,762 $ -- $(1,253) $(1,396) $113 ======= ======= ======== ====== ==== ======== ======= ====
53 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NORTH AMERICA PLANT CLOSURES Since 1997, the Company has closed 29 of its owned and operated production and finishing facilities in North America and Europe in order to reduce costs, eliminate excess manufacturing capacity and align its sourcing strategy with changes in the industry and in consumer demand. Plant closures were announced in November 1997, in which ten manufacturing facilities as well as a finishing center in the U.S. were closed by the end of 1998, displacing approximately 6,400 employees. The Company recorded an initial charge of $386.8 million in 1997 that consisted of $42.7 million for asset write-offs, $327.8 million for severance and employee benefits and $16.3 million for other restructuring costs. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $1.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of the reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates primarily associated with employee benefits and a lower amount than originally anticipated for a contractor settlement in 2001. The ending balances for this reserve are displayed in the table below. The Company announced in November 1998 the closure of two more finishing centers in the U.S. that were closed by the end of 1999, displacing approximately 990 employees. The Company recorded an initial charge of $82.1 million in 1998 that consisted of $23.4 million for asset write-offs, $56.5 million for severance and employee benefits and $2.2 million for other restructuring costs. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $1.7 million and $13 thousand, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates primarily associated with employee benefits. The ending balances for this reserve are displayed in the table below. The Company announced in February 1999 the closure of 11 additional manufacturing facilities in North America that were closed by the end of 1999, displacing approximately 5,900 employees. The Company recorded an initial charge of $394.1 million in 1999 that consisted of $33.4 million for asset write-offs, $299.4 million for severance and employee benefits and $61.3 million for other restructuring costs. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $21.5 million and $13.3 million, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates. The reversals were primarily associated with employee benefits and a lower amount than originally anticipated for contractor settlements in 2001. The ending balances of this reserve are displayed in the table below.
1997 NORTH AMERICA PLANT CLOSURES BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE AT AT AT 11/28/99 REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/26/00 CHARGES REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- --------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits........... $12,752 $(4,987) $(7,544) $ 221 $ -- $ (164) $ (39) $18 Other restructuring costs................. 2,938 -- (712) 2,226 -- (1,699) (497) 30 ------- ------- ------- ------ ---- ------- ----- --- Total................................. $15,690 $(4,987) $(8,256) $2,447 $ -- $(1,863) $(536) $48 ======= ======= ======= ====== ==== ======= ===== === 1998 NORTH AMERICA PLANT CLOSURES BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE AT AT AT 11/28/99 REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/26/00 CHARGES REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- --------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits............. $4,145 $ (13) $(2,683) $1,449 $ -- $(1,325) $(124) $ -- Other restructuring costs................... 1,801 -- (1,193) 608 -- (373) (12) 223 ------ ----- ------- ------ ---- ------- ----- ---- Total.................................. $5,946 $ (13) $(3,876) $2,057 $ -- $(1,698) $(136) $223 ====== ===== ======= ====== ==== ======= ===== ====
54
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) 1999 NORTH AMERICA PLANT CLOSURES BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE AT AT AT 11/28/99 REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/26/00 CHARGES REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- --------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits............. $116,237 $ (7,132) $(89,253) $19,852 $ -- $ (5,179) $ (7,350) $ 7,323 Other restructuring costs................... 43,442 (6,149) (2,528) 34,765 -- (16,285) (7,144) 11,336 -------- --------- -------- ------- ---- -------- -------- ------- Total.................................. $159,679 $(13,281) $(91,781) $54,617 $ -- $(21,464) $(14,494) $18,659 ======== ========= ======== ======= ==== ======== ======== =======
EUROPE REORGANIZATION AND PLANT CLOSURES In September 1998 the Company announced plans to close two manufacturing and two finishing facilities, and reorganize operations throughout Europe, displacing approximately 1,650 employees. These plans were prompted by decreased demand for denim jeans products and a resulting over-capacity in the Company's European owned and operated plants. The production facilities were closed by the end of 1999. The Company recorded an initial charge of $107.5 million in 1998 that consisted of $10.0 million for asset write-offs and $97.5 million for severance and employee benefits. As of November 25, 2001, approximately 1,650 employees had been displaced. The ending balance for this reserve is displayed in the table below. In conjunction with these plans in Europe, the Company announced in September 1999 plans to close a production facility and reduce capacity at a finishing facility in the United Kingdom, to further reduce overhead costs and consolidate operations. The production facility was closed in December 1999. The Company recorded an initial charge of $54.7 million in 1999 that consisted of $4.5 million for asset write-offs, $48.2 million for severance and employee benefits and $2.0 million for other restructuring costs. In fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $0.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of the remaining reserve balance was reversed due to updated estimates associated with employee benefits. As of November 25, 2001, approximately 945 employees had been displaced. The ending balances for this initial charge are displayed in the table below.
1998 EUROPE REORGANIZATION AND PLANT CLOSURES BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE AT AT AT 11/28/99 REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/26/00 CHARGES REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- --------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits...... $10,653 $ -- $(9,145) $1,508 $ -- $ -- $(1,283) $225 ------- ------- ------- ------ ---- ---- ------- ---- Total........................... $10,653 $ -- $(9,145) $1,508 $ -- $ -- $(1,283) $225 ======= ======= ======= ====== ==== ==== ======= ==== 1999 EUROPE REORGANIZATION AND PLANT CLOSURES BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE AT AT AT 11/28/99 REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/26/00 CHARGES REVERSALS REDUCTIONS 11/25/01 -------- --------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Severance and employee benefits...... $38,413 $(2,165) $(30,557) $5,691 $ -- $(370) $(3,351) $1,970 Other restructuring costs............ 2,012 -- (1,372) 640 -- -- (161) 479 ------- ------- -------- ------ ---- ----- ------- ------ Total........................... $40,425 $(2,165) $(31,929) $6,331 $ -- $(370) $(3,512) $2,449 ======= ======= ======== ====== ==== ===== ======= ======
Severance and employee benefits relate to severance packages, out-placement and career counseling for employees affected by the plant closures, and reorganization initiatives. Reductions consist of payments for severance and employee benefits, and other restructuring costs. The balance of severance and employee benefits and other restructuring costs are included under restructuring reserves on the balance sheet. The Company is now discussing with its unions in the U.S. potential additional closures of manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and is consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. (SEE NOTE 20 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) 55
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NOTE 4: INCOME TAXES The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income before taxes are as follows: 2001 2000 1999 -------- --------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) U.S. ................................................. $120,329 $ 185,161 $ 6,025 Non-U.S. ............................................. 119,360 158,519 2,474 -------- --------- -------- Total............................................ $239,689 $ 343,680 $ 8,499 ======== ========= ======== The provision for taxes consists of the following: 2001 2000 1999 -------- --------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Federal-U.S. Current............................................... $ 27,010 $ (9,417) $(53,441) Deferred.............................................. (2,966) 23,851 20,589 -------- --------- -------- $ 24,044 $ 14,434 $(32,852) ======== ========= ======== State-U.S. Current............................................... $ (4,322) $ 3,758 $ (521) Deferred.............................................. 11,513 6,552 776 -------- --------- -------- $ 7,191 $ 10,310 $ 255 ======== ========= ======== Non-U.S. Current............................................... $ 49,707 $ 62,249 $ 32,663 Deferred.............................................. 7,743 33,295 3,078 -------- --------- -------- $ 57,450 $ 95,544 $ 35,741 ======== ========= ======== Total Current............................................... $ 72,395 $ 56,590 $(21,299) Deferred.............................................. 16,290 63,698 24,443 -------- --------- -------- $ 88,685 $ 120,288 $ 3,144 ======== ========= ========
At November 25, 2001, cumulative non-U.S. operating losses of $198.2 million generated by the Company were available to reduce future non-U.S. taxable income. Approximately $103.6 million of the non-U.S. operating losses expire between the years 2002 and 2011 and the remainder of the non-U.S. losses carry forward indefinitely. Income taxes due to translation gains and losses are recorded in cumulative translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, and were $2.8 million, $21.2 million and $8.7 million for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 were as follows: 56 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) 2001 2000 DEFERRED DEFERRED TAX ASSETS TAX ASSETS (LIABILITIES) (LIABILITIES) ------------- ------------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Postretirement benefits......................... $201,184 $207,318 Employee compensation and benefit plans......... 177,510 159,321 Inventory....................................... 32,955 55,876 Depreciation and amortization................... (14,461) (8,765) Foreign exchange gains/losses................... (40,594) (36,364) Restructuring and special charges............... 44,752 32,366 Tax on unremitted non-U.S. earnings............. 122,410 148,135 State income tax................................ - (20,693) Prepaid royalty income ......................... 78,111 - Foreign tax credit carryforward................. 52,473 78,984 Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward..... 9,501 26,362 Other........................................... 34,811 71,930 Less valuation allowance........................ (24,434) (23,961) -------- -------- $674,218 $690,509 ======== ======== The $24.4 million and $24.0 million deferred tax valuation allowances at November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, respectively, represent the portion of the Company's consolidated deferred tax assets for which the Company, based upon its projections as of those dates, does not believe that the realization is more likely than not. The Company's effective income tax rate for fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999 differs from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows: 2001 2000 1999 ---- ---- ---- Statutory rate.........................................35.0% 35.0% 35.0% Changes resulting from: State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit......................................... 2.0 2.0 2.0 Change in valuation allowance .................... 0.2 0.7 15.2 Acquisition-related book and tax bases differences..................................... 1.5 1.1 43.6 Reversal of prior years' accruals.................(2.1) (3.6) (55.0) Other, net........................................ 0.4 (0.2) (3.8) ---- ---- ----- Effective rate.........................................37.0% 35.0% 37.0% ==== ==== ===== The consolidated U.S. income tax returns of the Company for 1986 through 1999 are under examination by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"). A settlement agreement covering most issues was reached with the IRS for the years 1986 through 1989 and a payment was made to the IRS during 2001. The Company believes it has made adequate provision for income taxes and interest for all periods under review. 57 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NOTE 5: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT The components of property, plant and equipment ("PP&E") are as follows: 2001 2000 ----- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Land.......................................... $ 33,429 $ 34,458 Buildings and leasehold improvements.......... 406,660 416,935 Machinery and equipment....................... 592,969 610,599 Construction in progress...................... 9,300 8,033 --------- ---------- Total PP&E............................... 1,042,358 1,070,025 Accumulated depreciation...................... (527,647) (495,986) --------- ---------- PP&E, net..................................... $ 514,711 $ 574,039 ========= ========== As of November 25, 2001, the Company had approximately $10.0 million of PP&E, net, available for sale, consisting primarily of closed facilities. Depreciation expense for 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $69.9 million, $80.2 million and $108.7 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation in fiscal year 2001 was reduced by approximately $38.0 million due to PP&E sales or disposals. Construction in progress at November 25, 2001 related to various projects. It is estimated that approximately $10.0 million in costs will be incurred to complete these projects in 2002. These projects primarily consist of sales office capital improvements. Construction in progress at November 26, 2000 related to sales office capital improvements, sourcing projects, internally developed software and facilities infrastructure. NOTE 6: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS The components of goodwill and other intangible assets are as follows: 2001 2000 ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Goodwill...................................... $ 351,474 $ 351,474 Tradenames and other intangibles.............. 78,362 78,308 --------- --------- Total intangible assets.................. 429,836 429,782 Accumulated amortization related to goodwill.. (142,782) (133,995) Other accumulated amortization................ (32,821) (30,831) --------- --------- Intangible assets, net........................ $ 254,233 $ 264,956 ========= ========= The Company reduced other intangibles by $3.6 million to remove fully amortized assets in 2000. Amortization expense for 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $10.7 million, $10.8 million and $11.4 million, respectively. 58 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NOTE 7: DEBT AND LINES OF CREDIT Debt and lines of credit are summarized below: 2001 2000 ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) LONG-TERM DEBT: Unsecured: Notes: 6.80%, due 2003...........................$ 349,053 $ 348,559 7.00%, due 2006........................... 447,679 447,207 11.625% Dollar denominated, due 2008...... 376,119 -- 11.625% Euro denominated, due 2008........ 109,643 -- Yen-denominated eurobond: 4.25%, due 2016........................... 163,934 183,486 ---------- ---------- 1,446,428 979,252 Secured: Credit Facilities.............................. 252,558 988,639 Domestic Receivables-backed Securitization..... 110,000 -- Customer Service Center Equipment Financing.... 78,686 85,013 European Receivables-backed Securitization..... 41,366 31,148 Industrial development revenue refunding bond........................................ 10,000 10,000 Notes payable, at various rates, due in installments through 2006................... 1,088 1,295 ---------- ---------- Subtotal.................................... 1,940,126 2,095,347 Current maturities.................................. (144,637) (200,207) ---------- ---------- Total long-term debt.................$1,795,489 $1,895,140 ========== ========== SHORT-TERM DEBT: Short-term borrowings..........................$ 18,307 $ 31,083 Current maturities of long-term debt........... 144,637 200,207 ---------- ---------- Total short-term debt................$ 162,944 $ 231,290 ========== ========== UNUSED LINES OF CREDIT: Short-term.....................................$ 531,333 $ 469,992 ========== ========== 1996 NOTES OFFERING In 1996, the Company issued two series of notes payable totaling $800.0 million to qualified institutional investors (the "Notes Offering") in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). The notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and are not subject to redemption before maturity. The issuance was divided into two series: $350.0 million seven-year notes maturing in November 2003 and $450.0 million ten-year notes maturing in November 2006. The seven- and ten-year notes bear interest at 6.80% and 7.00% per annum, respectively, payable semi-annually in May and November of each year. Discounts of $8.2 million on the original issue are being amortized over the term of the notes using an approximate effective-interest rate method. Net proceeds from the Notes Offering were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under a 1996 credit facility agreement. NOTES EXCHANGE OFFER In May 2000, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the SEC relating to an exchange offer of its 6.80% notes due 2003 and 7.00% notes due 2006 (see "1996 Notes Offering" above). The exchange offer gave holders of these notes the opportunity to exchange these old notes, which were issued on November 6, 1996 under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, for new notes that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes are registered. 59 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) The exchange offer ended on June 20, 2000. As a result of the exchange offer, all but $20 thousand of the $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.80% old notes due 2003 were exchanged for the 6.80% exchange notes due 2003; and all $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.00% old notes due 2006 were exchanged for the 7.00% exchange notes due 2006. The Company was not obligated by any agreement including its then effective credit facility agreements to engage in the exchange offer. The Company initiated the exchange offer to give holders of these notes the opportunity to exchange the old notes for registered notes. SENIOR NOTES OFFERING On January 18, 2001, the Company issued two series of notes payable totaling the equivalent of $497.5 million to qualified institutional investors in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and may be redeemed at any time after January 15, 2005. The issuance was divided into two series: U.S. $380.0 million dollar notes ("Dollar Notes") and 125.0 million euro notes ("Euro Notes"), (collectively, the "Notes"). Both series of notes are seven-year notes maturing on January 15, 2008 and bear interest at 11.625% per annum, payable semi-annually in January and July of each year. These Notes are callable beginning January 15, 2005. These Notes were offered at a discount of $5.2 million to be amortized over the term of the Notes. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of $14.4 million on the original issue are amortized, using an approximate effective-interest rate method, over the term of the Notes. Net proceeds from the offering were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under the Company's then effective credit facility. The indentures governing the Notes contain covenants that limit the Company's and its subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; consummate specified asset sales; enter into transactions with affiliates; incur liens; impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make payments to the Company and its subsidiaries; merge or consolidate with any other person; and sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or the assets of the Company's subsidiaries. If the Company experiences a change in control as defined in the indentures governing the Notes, the Company will be required under the indentures to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. If the Notes receive and maintain an investment grade rating by both Standard and Poor's Ratings Service and Moody's Investors Service and the Company and its subsidiaries are and remain in compliance with the indentures, then the Company and its subsidiaries will not be required to comply with specified covenants contained in the indentures. SENIOR NOTES EXCHANGE OFFER In March 2001, the Company, as required under registration rights agreements it entered into when it issued the Notes, filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the SEC relating to an exchange offer for the Notes. The exchange offer gave holders the opportunity to exchange the Notes for new notes that are registered under the Securities Act. The new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act. The exchange offer ended on April 6, 2001. As a result of the exchange offer, all but $200 thousand of the $380.0 million aggregate principal amount of old Dollar Notes were exchanged for new Dollar Notes, and all but 595 thousand euro of the 125.0 million aggregate principal amount of old Euro Notes were exchanged for new Euro Notes. YEN-DENOMINATED EUROBOND PLACEMENT In 1996, the Company issued a (Y) 20 billion principal amount eurobond (equivalent to approximately $180.0 million at the time of issuance) due in November 2016, with interest payable at 4.25% per annum. The bond is redeemable at the option of the Company at a make-whole redemption price commencing in 2006. Net proceeds from the placement were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under a 1996 credit facility agreement. 60 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) CREDIT FACILITIES On February 1, 2001, the Company entered into a $1.05 billion senior secured credit facility to replace its existing credit facility on more favorable terms. The credit facility consisted of a $700.0 million revolving credit facility and $350.0 million of term loans. As of November 25, 2001, the credit facility consists of $625.0 million revolving credit and $252.6 million of term loans. This facility reduced the Company's borrowing costs and extends the maturity of the Company's principal bank credit facility to August 2003. The facility is secured in substantially the same manner as the prior facility. Collateral includes: domestic inventories, certain domestic equipment, trademarks, other intellectual property, 100% of the stock in domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and other assets. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at LIBOR or the agent bank's base rate plus an incremental borrowing spread. Before the domestic receivables securitization transaction described below, the collateral also included domestic receivables. In connection with the securitization transaction, the lenders under the credit facility released their security interest in receivables sold in that transaction, and retained security interests in certain related assets. Proceeds from the domestic receivables securitization transaction were used to repay debt under this facility. The facility contains customary covenants restricting the Company's activities as well as those of its subsidiaries, including limitations on the Company's and its subsidiaries' ability to sell assets; engage in mergers; enter into operating leases or capital leases; enter into transactions involving related parties, derivatives or letters of credit; enter into intercompany transactions; incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on the Company's assets; make loans or other investments; pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; guaranty third party obligations; make capital expenditures; and make changes in the Company's corporate structure. The facility also contains financial covenants that the Company must satisfy on an ongoing basis, including maximum leverage ratios and minimum coverage ratios. As of November 25, 2001, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the facility. Effective January 29, 2002, the Company entered into an amendment to the facility to exclude certain items from the computation of earnings for compliance purposes and to amend the leverage and senior secured leverage ratios. (SEE NOTE 20 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) On January 31, 2000 the Company amended three of its credit facility agreements and entered into one new agreement to reflect its then current financial position and extend maturity dates (the "2000 Credit Facility"). The financing package consisted of four separate agreements: (1) a new $450.0 million bridge facility to fund working capital and support letters of credit, foreign exchange contracts and derivatives, (2) an amended $300.0 million revolving credit facility, extending the existing bridge facility, (3) an amended $545.0 million 364-day credit facility, and (4) an amended $584.0 million 5-year credit facility. All four facilities were secured by domestic receivables, domestic inventories, certain domestic equipment, trademarks, other intellectual property, 100% of the stock in domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and other assets. The maturity date for all credit facilities was January 31, 2002. Borrowings under the bank credit facilities did bear interest at LIBOR or the agent bank's base rate plus an incremental borrowing spread. For the bridge facility, the spread was 3.00% over LIBOR or 1.75% over the base rate. For each of the three amended facilities, the spread was 3.25% over LIBOR or 2.00% over the base rate. The 2000 credit facility was replaced by the February 2001 credit facility. DOMESTIC RECEIVABLES SECURITIZATION TRANSACTION On July 31, 2001, the Company and several of its subsidiaries completed a receivables securitization transaction involving receivables generated from sales of products to the Company's U.S. customers. The transaction involved the issuance by Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, of $110.0 million in secured term notes. The notes, which are secured by trade receivables originated by Levi Strauss & Co., bear interest at a rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 0.32% per annum, and have a stated maturity date of November 2005. Net proceeds of the offering were used to repay a portion of the outstanding debt under the Company's senior secured credit facility. The transaction did not meet the criteria for sales accounting under SFAS 140 and therefore is accounted for on the balance sheet as a secured borrowing. The purpose of the transaction was to lower the Company's interest expense and diversify its funding sources. The notes were issued in a private placement transaction in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 61 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) Under the securitization arrangement, collections on receivables remaining after payment of interest and fees relating to the notes are used to purchase new receivables from Levi Strauss & Co. The securitization agreements provide that, in specified cases, the collections will not be released but will instead be deposited and used to pay the principal amount of the notes. Those circumstances include, among other things, failure to maintain the required level of overcollaterization due to deterioration in the credit quality, or overconcentration or dilution in respect of, the receivables, failure to pay interest or other amounts which is not cured, breaches of covenants, representations and warranties or events of bankruptcy relating to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER EQUIPMENT FINANCING In December 1999 the Company entered into a secured financing transaction consisting of a five-year credit facility secured by owned equipment at customer service centers (distribution centers) located in Nevada, Mississippi and Kentucky. The amount financed in December 1999 was $89.5 million, comprised of a $59.5 million tranche ("Tranche 1") and a $30.0 million tranche ("Tranche 2"). Borrowings under Tranche 1 have a fixed interest rate equal to the yield of a four-year Treasury note plus an incremental borrowing spread. Borrowings under Tranche 2 have a floating quarterly interest rate equal to the 90 day LIBOR plus an incremental borrowing spread based on the Company's leverage ratio at that time. Proceeds from the borrowings were used to reduce the commitment amounts of the then-existing credit facilities. EUROPEAN RECEIVABLES SECURITIZATION AGREEMENTS In February 2000, several of the Company's European subsidiaries entered into receivable securitization financing agreements with several lenders to borrow up to $125.0 million. Any borrowings under the facilities must be used to reduce the commitment levels under the Company's bank credit facilities. During November 2000, 36.5 million euro (or approximately $30.7 million at time of borrowing) were borrowed under these agreements at initial interest rates of 6.72%. Interest rates under this agreement are variable based on commercial paper market conditions, and the debt ratings of the underlying conduit. In December 2000, an additional 10.4 million euro (equivalent to approximately $9.3 million at time of borrowing) at an initial interest rate of 6.70% was borrowed under these agreements. Borrowings are collateralized by a security interest in the receivables of these subsidiaries. The Company adopted SFAS 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," in fiscal year 2001. The securitizations did not meet the criteria for sales accounting under SFAS 140 and therefore have been accounted for as a secured borrowing. INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REVENUE REFUNDING BOND In 1995, the City of Canton, Mississippi issued an industrial development revenue refunding bond with a principal amount of $10.0 million, and the proceeds were loaned to the Company to help finance the cost of acquiring a customer service center in Canton. Interest payments are due monthly at a variable rate based upon the J.J. Kenny Index, reset weekly at a maximum rate of 13.00%, and the principal amount is due June 1, 2003. The bond is secured by a letter of credit that expires on June 15, 2002, which the Company has the opportunity to extend or renew. PRINCIPAL SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT PAYMENTS As of November 25, 2001, the required aggregate short-term and long-term debt principal payments for the next five years and thereafter are as follows: PRINCIPAL YEAR PAYMENTS ---- --------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 2002 ............................... $ 162,944 2003 ............................... 523,275 2004 ............................... 118,521 2005 ............................... 56,202 2006 ............................... 447,703 Thereafter.......................... 649,788 ---------- Total.......................... $1,958,433 ========== 62 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) SHORT-TERM CREDIT LINES AND STAND-BY LETTERS OF CREDIT At November 25, 2001, the Company had unsecured and uncommitted short-term credit lines available totaling $10.7 million at various rates. These credit arrangements may be canceled by the bank lenders upon notice and generally have no compensating balance requirements or commitment fees. At November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, the Company had $131.7 million and $193.4 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit with various international banks, of which $52.5 million and $52.5 million, respectively, serve as guarantees by the creditor banks to cover U.S. workers' compensation claims. In addition, $66.0 million of these standby letters of credit under the secured bank credit facility support short-term credit lines at November 25, 2001. The Company pays fees on the standby letters of credit. Borrowings against the letters of credit are subject to interest at various rates. INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS The Company is exposed to interest rate risk. It is the Company's policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures. The Company has entered into interest rate option contracts to reduce or neutralize the exposure to changes in variable interest rates. As of November 25, 2001, the contracts represent an outstanding notional amount of $275.0 million and cover a series of variable cash flows through November 29, 2001. The contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting and therefore the Company reports changes in fair value in other income/expense (SEE NOTE 10 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). At November 25, 2001, the Company had no interest rate swap transactions outstanding. The Company's market risk is generally related to fluctuations in interest rates. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the interest rate derivative transactions. However, the Company believes these counterparties are creditworthy financial institutions and does not anticipate nonperformance. INTEREST RATES ON BORROWINGS The Company's weighted average interest rate on average borrowings outstanding during 2001 and 2000, including the amortization of capitalized bank fees, interest rate swap cancellations and underwriting fees, was 9.47% and 9.50%, respectively. The 2001 interest rate excludes the write-off of fees that resulted from the replacement of the credit agreement dated January 31, 2000, interest on deferred compensation and other miscellaneous items (SEE "CREDIT FACILITIES" ABOVE AND NOTE 15 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). NOTE 8: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS At November 25, 2001, the Company had U.S. dollar forward currency contracts to buy $1.2 billion and to sell $718.5 million against various foreign currencies. The Company also had euro forward currency contracts to buy 221.8 million euro against various foreign currencies and to sell 78.7 million euro against various foreign currencies. In addition, the Company had U.S. dollar option contracts to buy $544.0 million and to sell $514.8 million against various foreign currencies. The Company also had euro option currency contracts to buy 50.0 million euro against various foreign currencies and to sell 25.0 million euro against various foreign currencies. These contracts are at various exchange rates and expire at various dates through December 2002. The Company has entered into option contracts to manage its exposure to numerous foreign currencies. Option transactions included in the amounts above are principally for the exchange of the euro and U.S. dollar. At November 25, 2001, the Company had bought U.S. dollar options resulting in a net long position against the euro of $53.9 million, should the options be exercised. To finance the premiums related to the options bought, the Company sold options resulting in a net long position against the euro of $29.4 million, should the options be exercised. 63 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) The Company's market risk is generally related to fluctuations in the currency exchange rates. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the foreign exchange contracts. However, the Company believes these counterparties are creditworthy financial institutions and does not anticipate nonperformance. OTHER CONTINGENCIES In the ordinary course of its business, the Company has pending various cases involving contractual matters, employee-related matters, distribution questions, product liability claims, trademark infringement and other matters. The Company does not believe there are any pending legal proceedings that will have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. The operations and properties of the Company comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws enacted for the protection of the environment, and with permits and approvals issued in connection therewith, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or business operations. Based on currently available information, the Company does not consider there to be any circumstances existing that would be reasonably likely to form the basis of an action against the Company that could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or business operations. NOTE 9: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments has been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The carrying amount and estimated fair value (in each case including accrued interest) of the Company's financial instrument assets and (liabilities) at November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 are as follows:
NOVEMBER 25, 2001 NOVEMBER 26, 2000 ------------------------ ------------------------ CARRYING ESTIMATED CARRYING ESTIMATED VALUE FAIR VALUE VALUE FAIR VALUE -------- ---------- -------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) DEBT INSTRUMENTS: U.S. dollar notes offering......................... $(1,193,012) $(932,138) $ (799,606) $ (628,000) Euro notes offering................................ (114,378) (85,719) -- -- Yen-denominated eurobond placement................. (164,413) (113,115) (184,043) (133,945) Credit facilities.................................. (252,748) (252,748) (1,000,131) (1,000,131) Domestic receivables-backed securitization......... (110,081) (110,081) -- -- Customer service center equipment financing........ (80,278) (81,970) (86,901) (86,356) European receivables-backed securitization......... (41,366) (41,366) (31,148) (31,148) Industrial development revenue refunding bond...... (10,015) (10,015) (10,036) (10,036) CURRENCY AND INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS: Foreign exchange forward contracts................. $ 13,797 $ 13,797 $ 9,830 $ 9,593 Foreign exchange option contracts.................. 4,328 4,328 7,309 6,289 Interest rate option contracts..................... (2,266) (2,266) 457 (789)
Quoted market prices or dealer quotes are used to determine the estimated fair value of foreign exchange contracts, option contracts and interest rate swap contracts. Dealer quotes and other valuation methods, such as the discounted value of future cash flows, replacement cost and termination cost have been used to determine the estimated fair value for long-term debt and the remaining financial instruments. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, current assets, certain current and non-current maturities of long-term debt, short-term borrowings and taxes approximate fair value. 64 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) The fair value estimates presented herein are based on information available to the Company as of November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000. These amounts have not been updated since those dates and, therefore, the current estimates of fair value at dates subsequent to November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 may differ substantially from these amounts. In addition, the aggregation of the fair value calculations presented herein do not represent and should not be construed to represent the underlying value of the Company. NOTE 10: DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES The Company adopted SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," on the first day of fiscal year 2001. SFAS 133 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. Due to the adoption of SFAS 133, the Company reported a net gain transition amount of $87 thousand in other income/expense. This transition amount was not recorded on a separate line item as a change in accounting principle net of tax, due to the minimal impact on the Company's results of operations. In addition, the Company recorded a transition amount of $0.7 million (or $0.4 million net of related income taxes) that reduced accumulated other comprehensive income. FOREIGN EXCHANGE MANAGEMENT The Company manages foreign currency exposures primarily to maximize the U.S. dollar value over the long term. The Company attempts to take a long-term view of managing exposures on an economic basis, using forecasts to develop exposure positions and engaging in active management of those exposures with the objective of protecting future cash flows and mitigating risks. As a result, not all exposure management activities and foreign currency derivative instruments will qualify for hedge accounting treatment. For derivative instruments utilized in these transactions, changes in fair value are classified into earnings. The Company holds derivative positions only in currencies to which it has exposure. The Company has established a policy for a maximum allowable level of losses that may occur as a result of its currency exposure management activities. The maximum level of loss is based on a percentage of the total forecasted currency exposure being managed. The Company uses a variety of derivative instruments, including forward, swap and option contracts, to protect against foreign currency exposures related to sourcing, net investment positions, royalties and cash management. The derivative instruments used to manage sourcing exposures do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are recorded at their fair value and any changes in fair value are included in other income/expense. The Company manages its net investment position in its subsidiaries in major currencies by using forward, swap and option contracts. Part of the contracts hedging these net investments qualify for hedge accounting and the related gains and losses are consequently categorized in the cumulative translation adjustment in the accumulated other comprehensive income section of stockholders' deficit. At November 25, 2001, the fair value of qualifying net investment hedges was a $5.8 million net asset that was recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment section of accumulated other comprehensive income. There were no gains or losses excluded from hedge effectiveness testing. In addition, the Company holds derivatives managing the net investment positions in major currencies that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The fair value of these net investment hedges at November 25, 2001 represented a $0.3 million net asset. The Company designates a portion of its outstanding yen-denominated eurobond as a net investment hedge. As of November 25, 2001, a $6.8 million net asset related to the translation effects of the eurobond was recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment section of accumulated other comprehensive income. 65 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) The Company holds derivatives hedging forecasted intercompany royalty flows that qualify as cash flow hedges. The fair value of the outstanding contracts qualifying as cash flow hedges amounted to a $0.9 million net asset as of November 25, 2001. The gains and losses on the contracts that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income until the underlying royalty flow has been settled. Hedging activity for qualifying cash flow hedges of a net gain of $0.9 million is expected to be reclassified to earnings in the first quarter of fiscal year 2002 as the underlying hedged items affect earnings. For the year ended November 25, 2001, a net gain of $0.1 million related to ineffectiveness of qualifying cash flow hedges of such intercompany royalty flows was recorded in other income/expense. The amount of matured cash flow hedges reclassified for the year ended November 25, 2001 from accumulated other comprehensive income to other income/expense amounted to a net gain of $3.9 million. For the year ended November 25, 2001, cash flow hedges, of $0.3 million, hedging forecasted royalty flows for fiscal year 2002 have been discontinued as these royalty flows have been prepaid during fiscal year 2001. The Company also enters into contracts managing forecasted intercompany royalty flows that do not qualify as cash flow hedges. The fair value of these instruments as of November 25, 2001 was a $0.2 million net liability. The derivative instruments utilized in transactions managing cash management exposures are currently marked to market at their fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in other income/expense. The Company also entered into transactions managing the exposure related to the Euro Notes issued on January 18, 2001. These derivative instruments are currently marked to market at their fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in other income/expense. Fair values of forward transactions and of the forward portion of swap transactions are calculated using the discounted difference between the contract forward price and the forward price at the closing date for the remaining life of the contract. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 133, forward points and option premiums were recorded as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and amortized over the life of the contract. Option contracts are also recorded at fair value. Due to the adoption of SFAS 133, these changes in valuation methods resulted in a net gain of $1.3 million that was recorded in other income/expense. In addition, the accumulated other comprehensive income section of stockholders' deficit decreased by approximately $0.7 million. As of November 25, 2001, the transition adjustment related to qualifying cash flow hedges has been reclassified to earnings as the underlying hedged items affected earnings. During the year ended November 25, 2001, the Company reclassified a net realized loss of $0.8 million related to transition adjustment of matured cash flow hedges from accumulated other comprehensive income to other income/expense. INTEREST RATE MANAGEMENT The Company is exposed to interest rate risk. It is the Company's policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. The fair value of the derivative instruments managing interest rate risk as of November 25, 2001 was a $2.3 million net liability. As the outstanding transactions either do not qualify for hedge accounting or management has elected not to designate such transactions for hedge accounting, the Company reports the changes in fair value of such derivatives in other income/expense. Due to the adoption of SFAS 133, the Company adjusted the carrying value of the outstanding interest rate derivatives to their fair value, which resulted in a net loss of $1.2 million and was recorded in other income/expense during the first quarter of fiscal year 2001. 66 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) The tables below give an overview of the realized and unrealized gains and losses reported in other income/expense, realized and unrealized other comprehensive income ("OCI") balances, realized and unrealized cumulative translation adjustments ("CTA") balances, and the fair values of derivative instruments reported as an asset or liability. OCI and CTA are components of the accumulated other comprehensive income section of stockholders' deficit.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 25, 2001 AT NOVEMBER 25, 2001 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ OTHER (INCOME)/EXPENSE OCI GAIN/(LOSS) CTA GAIN/(LOSS) _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) REALIZED UNREALIZED REALIZED UNREALIZED REALIZED UNREALIZED _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Foreign Exchange Management: Sourcing $10,696 $4,176 $-- $ -- $ -- $ -- Net Investment 2,146 (60) -- -- 53,314 5,664 Yen Bond -- (8,798) -- -- -- 6,780 Royalties (8,044) 2,537 -- 908 -- -- Cash Management (2,228) (790) -- -- -- -- Transition Adjustments 828 -- -- -- -- 120 Euro Notes Offering 5,738 1,169 -- -- -- -- _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Interest Rate Management $ -- $1,476 $ -- $ -- Transition Adjustments -- 1,246 -- -- _________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________ AT NOVEMBER 25, 2001 _____________________________________________________ FAIR VALUE ASSET/(LIABILITY) _____________________________________________________ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) _____________________________________________________ Foreign Exchange Management: Sourcing $10,950 Net Investment 6,068 Royalties 729 Cash Management (738) Euro Notes Offering (1,169) _____________________________________________________ Interest Rate Management $(2,266) _____________________________________________________ 67 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NOTE 11: LEASES The Company is obligated under operating leases for facilities, office space and equipment. At November 25, 2001, obligations under long-term leases are as follows: MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 2002 ...................................... $ 61,974 2003 ...................................... 57,310 2004 ...................................... 54,803 2005 ...................................... 50,472 2006 ...................................... 48,249 Remaining years............................ 209,502 ------- Total minimum lease payments.......... $482,310 ======== The amounts shown for total minimum lease payments on operating leases have not been reduced by estimated future income of $12.3 million from non-cancelable subleases. The amounts shown for total minimum lease payments on operating leases have not been increased by estimated future operating expense and property tax escalations. In general, leases relating to real estate include renewal options of up to approximately 20 years, except for the San Francisco headquarters office lease, which contains multiple renewal options of up to 78 years. Some leases contain escalation clauses relating to increases in operating costs. Certain operating leases provide the Company with an option to purchase the property after the initial lease term at the then prevailing market value. Rental expense for 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $74.0 million, $78.1 million and $86.1 million, respectively. NOTE 12: PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS The Company has numerous non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans covering substantially all employees. It is the Company's policy to fund its retirement plans based on actuarial recommendations, consistent with applicable laws and income tax regulations. Plan assets, which may be denominated in foreign currencies and issued by foreign issuers, are invested in a diversified portfolio of securities including stocks, bonds, real estate investment funds and cash equivalents. Benefits payable under the plans are based on either years of service or final average compensation. The Company retains the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans at any time. The Company also sponsors other retirement plans, primarily for foreign employees. Expense for these plans in 2001, 2000, and 1999 totaled $6.2 million, $5.0 million and $12.0 million, respectively. The Company maintains two plans that provide postretirement benefits, principally health care, to substantially all domestic retirees and their qualified dependents. These plans have been established with the intention that they will continue indefinitely. However, the Company retains the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans at any time. Under the Company's current policies, employees become eligible for these benefits when they reach age 55 with 15 years of credited service. The plans are contributory and contain certain cost-sharing features, such as deductibles and coinsurance. The Company's policy is to fund postretirement benefits as claims and premiums are paid. In November 2000, the Company announced a plan change for those who retire after March 31, 1989. These changes were effective January 1, 2001 and resulted in increased contributions from retirees for medical coverage and the elimination of any dental subsidies. The Company instituted early retirement programs offered to some of those affected by the Company's 1997 - 1999 excess manufacturing capacity initiatives and various reorganization initiatives (SEE NOTE 3 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). A reduced benefit is payable under the programs based on reduced years of age and service than under the defined benefit retirement plans. These programs resulted in the recognition of net curtailment gains and losses and early retirement incentives. 68 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)
PENSION BENEFITS POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS --------------------------- ---------------------------- NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, NOVEMBER 25, NOVEMBER 26, 2001 2000 2001 2000 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION: Benefit obligation at beginning of year....... $602,060 $669,440 $ 519,117 $ 525,065 Service cost.................................. 15,249 18,661 6,040 7,006 Interest cost................................. 47,443 43,678 38,576 34,943 Plan participants' contributions.............. 271 267 2,404 1,596 Plan amendments............................... -- -- (21,131) (27,740) Actuarial (gain) loss*........................ 35,440 (74,274) 51,475 10,577 Net curtailment (gain) loss................... 19 (18,184) -- -- Settlement gain............................... (177) (187) -- -- Benefits paid**............................... (38,604) (37,341) (35,254) (32,330) -------- -------- --------- --------- Benefit obligation at end of year............. 661,701 602,060 561,227 519,117 -------- -------- --------- --------- CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 639,950 572,576 -- -- Actual return on plan assets.................. (70,334) 91,631 -- -- Employer contribution......................... 34,374 12,817 32,850 30,734 Plan participants' contributions.............. 271 267 2,404 1,596 Benefits paid**............................... (38,604) (37,341) (35,254) (32,330) -------- -------- --------- --------- Fair value of plan assets at end of year...... 565,657 639,950 -- -- -------- -------- --------- --------- Funded status................................. (96,044) 37,890 (561,227) (519,117) Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss............ 22,198 (136,912) 20,254 (31,221) Unrecognized prior service cost............... 11,220 13,306 (44,746) (27,740) -------- -------- --------- --------- Net amount recognized......................... $(62,626) $(85,716) $(585,719) $(578,078) ======== ======== ========= ========= - -------------- * Foreign currency exchange gains/losses are included in this line item. ** Pension benefits are paid by a trust. Postretirement benefits are paid by the Company.
PENSION BENEFITS POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS ---------------- ----------------------- 2001 2000 2001 2000 ---- ---- ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of: Prepaid benefit cost........................................... $ 5,519 $ 3,282 $ -- $ -- Accrued benefit cost (including short-term).................... (72,962) (95,635) (585,719) (578,078) Intangible asset............................................... 4,817 6,637 -- -- -------- -------- --------- --------- Net amount recognized............................................... $(62,626) $(85,716) $(585,719) $(578,078) ======== ======== ========= ========= WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS: Discount rate....................................................... 7.5% 8.0% 7.5% 8.0% Expected return on plan assets...................................... 9.0% 9.0% -- -- Rate of compensation increase....................................... 6.0% 6.0% -- --
For postretirement benefits measurement purposes, a 13.0% and 6.5% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care and Medicare Part B benefits, respectively, are assumed for 2002, declining gradually to 5.0% and 2.5% by the year 2011 and remaining at those rates thereafter. 69 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)
PENSION BENEFITS ------------------------------- 2001 2000 1999 ---- ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST: Service cost...................................... $15,249 $18,661 $23,743 Interest cost..................................... 47,443 43,678 43,154 Expected return on plan assets.................... (52,255) (52,337) (44,871) Amortization of prior service cost................ 2,505 2,052 2,309 Recognized actuarial gain......................... (1,895) (670) (487) Net curtailment (gain) loss....................... 19 (18,184) 21,973 Settlement (gain) loss............................ (177) (187) 540 ------- ------- ------- Net periodic benefit cost......................... $10,889 $(6,987) $46,361 ======= ======= ======= POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS ------------------------------- 2001 2000 1999 ---- ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST: Service cost...................................... $ 6,040 $ 7,006 $ 7,480 Interest cost..................................... 38,576 34,943 33,485 Amortization of prior service cost................ (4,125) -- -- Recognized actuarial gain......................... -- -- (345) Net curtailment loss.............................. -- -- 13,774 ------- ------- ------- Net periodic benefit cost......................... $40,491 $41,949 $54,394 ======= ======= =======
The Company has three non-qualified, unfunded pension plans that have total accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. The projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation for the unfunded pension plans were $59.2 million and $52.7 million, respectively, as of November 25, 2001 and $66.2 million and $57.8 million, respectively, as of November 26, 2000. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plan. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects to postretirement benefits:
1-PERCENTAGE- 1-PERCENTAGE- POINT POINT INCREASE DECREASE ------------- ------------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Effect on total of service and interest cost components.......... $ 6,004 $ (5,236) Effect on the postretirement benefit obligation.................. 98,822 (79,808)
NOTE 13: EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLANS The Company maintains three employee investment plans. The Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. ("EIP") and the Levi Strauss & Co. Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan ("ELTIS") are two qualified plans that cover eligible compensated Home Office employees and U.S. field employees. The Capital Accumulation Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. ("CAP") is a non-qualified, self-directed investment program for certain highly compensated employees (as defined by the Internal Revenue Code). Total amounts charged to expense for these plans in 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $13.1 million, $12.8 million and $14.4 million, respectively. 70 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) EIP/ELTIS Under EIP and ELTIS, eligible employees may contribute and direct up to 15% of their annual eligible compensation to various investments among a series of mutual funds. The Company may match contributions made by employees to all funds maintained under the qualified plans up to the first 10% of eligible compensation. Employees are always 100% vested in the Company match. The EIP and the ELTIS allow employees a choice of either pre-tax or after-tax contributions. In December 2000, the Company announced changes to the EIP plan that were effective January 1, 2001. These changes allow eligible employees to contribute and direct up to 15% (from 10% previously) of their annual compensation to various investments among a series of mutual funds. The Company may match contributions made by employees to all funds maintained under the qualified plans up to the first 10% of eligible compensation. The ELTIS was changed effective April 1, 2001 to allow eligible employees to contribute up to 15% (from 10% previously) of their annual compensation to the plan. The Company may match 50% of the contributions made by employees to all funds maintained under the qualified plans up to the first 10% of eligible compensation. In November 2001, the Company announced changes to the EIP that was effective December 2001. The changes provide that the Company may match up to 10% of eligible employee contributions on a graded scale from 0% to 75%. The level of the matching contribution will be determined at year end based upon business performance results. Prior to December 2001, the Company may have matched 50% of the employees' contributions up to the first 10% of their eligible compensation. CAP The CAP allows eligible employees to contribute on an after-tax basis up to 10% of their eligible compensation to an individual retail brokerage account. The Company may match up to 75% of these employee contributions that are deposited to the employee's account. Employees are always 100% vested in the Company match. All investment decisions, related commissions and charges, investment results and tax reporting requirements are the responsibility of the employee, not the Company. In connection with the January 1, 2001 changes in the EIP, the Company changed the CAP to provide that eligible employees will be able to participate in the CAP after reaching certain salary and contribution thresholds in the EIP. In November 2001, the Company announced changes to the CAP effective December 2001. The changes provide that the Company may match up to 10% of eligible employee contributions on a graded scale from 0% to 115%. The level of the matching contribution will be determined at year end based upon business performance results. NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN The Annual Incentive Plan ("AIP") is intended to reward individual and team contributions to the Company's objectives during the year. The amount of incentive earned depends upon the performance and salary grade level of the individual and also depends on business unit and corporate financial results against pre-established targets. Provisions for AIP are recorded in accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits. Total amounts charged to expense for 2001 and 2000 were $25.6 million and $65.1 million, respectively. In 1999, the Company did not meet pre-established targets for AIP and did not record an expense for 1999. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS Leadership Shares ("LS") was introduced in early 1999. LS replaced the executive Long-Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") with 1999 LS grants partially based on individual executive performance during fiscal year 1998. It places greater emphasis on an individual's ability to contribute and affect the Company's long-term strategic objectives. LS is a performance unit plan which grants units or "shares" at an initial value of $0 each. These "shares" are not stock and do not represent equity interests in the Company. 71 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) Under the LS plan, the Company establishes a five-year financial performance target for each grant based on, among other things, its performance and expected shareholder value growth at comparable companies. The actual value of the units is determined based on performance against these measures. Performance at the target level will yield a per unit value of $25. If performance does not meet a threshold standard, then the units will have no value. Performance above target yields correspondingly larger unit values; there is no limit on maximum award potential. A competitive level of five-year Company financial performance is determined by examining expected value growth at other companies. This growth is then tied to competitive external long-term incentive pay so that the Company will pay its executives at competitive levels when the Company achieves competitive growth. At the end of each fiscal year, a share value is determined and communicated to participants. The shares vest in one-third increments at the end of the third, fourth and fifth fiscal years of the performance period. The Company accounts for the expense related to LS on a straight-line basis based on estimates of future performance against plan targets. LTIP was a long-term incentive plan that ended for all employees during fiscal year 1999 and was replaced by LS for employees at management levels. These incentives were awarded as performance units with each grant's unit value measured based on the Company's three-year cumulative earnings performance and return on investment against pre-established targets. Awards were based on an individual's grade level, salary and performance and are paid in one-third annual increments beginning in the year following the three-year performance cycle of the grant. Existing LTIP units that were previously granted will be paid out according to the plan schedule. The Special Long-Term Incentive Plan ("SLTIP") was intended to provide incentive and reward performance over time for certain key senior employees. Awards under this plan have the same grant unit value, vesting period and pay-out cycle as grants made under LTIP. There will be no more grants under SLTIP. A Long-Term Performance Plan ("LTPP"), which awarded grants in 1994 and 1995, finished paying out in 2000. Total net amounts charged to expense for these long-term incentive plans in 2001 and 2000 were $53.2 million and $72.7 million, respectively. In 1999, the Company did not meet some of the pre-established targets for these long-term incentive plans and therefore reversed a portion of prior year accruals totaling $32.5 million. OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS GLOBAL SUCCESS SHARING PLAN The Global Success Sharing Plan ("GSSP") was adopted in 1996 and was designed to allow all eligible employees to share in the Company's future success by providing a cash payment based on the achievement of pre-established financial targets. The plan called for an aggregate cash payment, ranging from 3% to 10% of the achieved cumulative cash flow (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and certain other items) to be paid in 2002 by the Company to all eligible employees, assuming a minimum cumulative cash flow was reached. However, in 1999, the Company lowered its estimate of financial performance through the year 2001 and determined that payment in 2002 was highly unlikely and therefore the Company did not recognize any GSSP expense in 2000 or 2001. In 1999, the Company reversed prior years' GSSP accruals totaling $343.9 million, less related miscellaneous plan expenses. As of November 25, 2001, the pre-established financial targets were not met and consequently no cash payments will be made under the GSSP plan. CASH PERFORMANCE SHARING PLAN The Cash Performance Sharing Plan awards a cash payment to production employees worldwide based on a percentage of annual salary and certain earnings and revenue criteria. The largest individual plan is the U.S. Field Profit Sharing Plan that covers approximately 5,500 U.S. employees. The total amounts charged to expense for this plan in 2001 and 2000 were $1.8 million and $9.2 million, respectively. In 1999, the Company did not meet certain earnings criteria established by the plan and therefore no expense was recognized. 72 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) KEY EMPLOYEE RECOGNITION AND COMMITMENT PLAN The Key Employee Recognition and Commitment Plan ("KEP") was adopted in 1996 and was designed to recognize and reward key employees for making significant contributions to the Company's future success. Units awarded to employees under the plan are subject to a four-year vesting period, which commenced in 1997. Units are exercisable in one-third increments at the end of fiscal years 2001 through 2003 upon reaching a certain minimum cumulative earnings criteria threshold at each fiscal year-end. Employees may elect to defer the exercise of each one-third increment until final payment in 2004. Payments may occur earlier under certain circumstances. Unit values will be directly related to the excess over the threshold of the cumulative cash flow (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and certain other items) generated by the Company at the end of the fiscal years 2001 through 2003. The Company did not recognize any KEP expense in 2001 or 2000. In 1999, the Company lowered its estimate of financial performance through the year 2003 and, consequently, decreased the KEP accrual rate to 0% and reversed prior years KEP accruals totaling $13.6 million. There will be no more grants under KEP. SPECIAL DEFERRAL PLAN The Special Deferral Plan ("SDP") was adopted during 1996 and was designed to replace the Company's Stock Appreciation Rights Plan ("SARs"). Existing SARs were transferred in the SDP at a value of $265 per share. The SDP had grants in 1992 and 1994, both of which are fully vested. The SDP bases the appreciation/depreciation of units on certain tracked mutual funds or the prime rate, at the election of the employee. There will be no more grants under SDP. During 2001 and 2000, cash disbursements for SDP grants were $1.2 million and $9.8 million, respectively. The amounts charged (net of forfeitures) to expense for the plan in 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $0.4 million, $1.0 million and $(2.3) million, respectively. NOTE 15: LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE RELATED BENEFITS Balances for long-term employee related benefits are as follows: 2001 2000 ---- ---- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Workers' compensation................... $ 41,685 $ 59,307 Long-term performance programs.......... 132,563 80,549 Deferred compensation................... 94,793 93,681 Pension programs........................ 115,710 125,312 -------- -------- Total.............................. $384,751 $358,849 ======== ======== Included in the liability for workers' compensation are accrued expenses related to the Company's program that provides for early identification and treatment of employee injuries. Changes in the Company's safety programs, medical and disability management and the long-term effects of statutory changes have decreased workers' compensation costs substantially from historical trends. Provisions for workers' compensation of $21.0 million and $13.6 million were recorded during fiscal years 2001 and 2000, respectively. Reclassifications to current liabilities represented a reduction of approximately $27.3 million in fiscal year 2001 and $28.0 million in fiscal year 2000. Long-term performance programs include accrued liabilities for LS and LTIP (SEE NOTE 14 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). Deferred compensation represents non-qualified agreements under which certain employees may defer income. The pension programs include the accrued benefit cost for the qualified pension plans and the liability accrued for the non-qualified pension programs (SEE NOTE 12 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). NOTE 16: COMMON STOCK The Company has a capital structure consisting of 270,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 37,278,238 shares are issued and outstanding. 73 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NOTE 17: RELATED PARTIES COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS Directors of the Company who are also stockholders or employees of the Company do not receive compensation for their services as directors. Directors who are not stockholders or employees (Angela Glover Blackwell, James C. Gaither, Peter A. Georgescu, Patricia Salas Pineda, T. Gary Rogers and G. Craig Sullivan) receive annual compensation of approximately $88,000. This amount includes an annual retainer fee of $36,000, meeting fees of $1,000 per meeting day attended and long-term variable pay in the form of 1,800 LS units, for a target value of $45,000 per year (SEE NOTE 14 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). The actual amount for each of the above payments varies depending on the years of service, the number of meetings attended and the actual value of the granted units upon vesting. Directors in their first six years of service receive a cash amount equivalent to the target value of their long-term variable pay or $45,000. This amount is decreased by approximately 1/3 each year at the start of actual payments from LS&CO.'s LS plan. Directors who are not employees or stockholders also receive travel accident insurance while on Company business and are eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan. Messrs. Gaither, Georgescu, Rogers, and Sullivan, and Ms. Blackwell and Ms. Pineda each received 1,800 LS units in both 2001 and 2000. In 2001, Ms. Blackwell, Mr. Gaither and Ms. Pineda each received payments of $9,727 under LTIP. In 2000, Ms. Blackwell, Mr. Gaither and Ms. Pineda each received payments of $30,637 under LTIP and LTPP combined. OTHER TRANSACTIONS F. Warren Hellman, a director of the Company is chairman and a general partner of Hellman & Friedman LLC, an investment banking firm that has provided financial advisory services to the Company in the past. The Company did not pay any fees to Hellman & Friedman LLC during fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999. At November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, Mr. Hellman and his family, other partners, and former partners of Hellman & Friedman LLC beneficially owned an aggregate of less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. James C. Gaither, a director of the Company, is a senior counsel of the law firm Cooley Godward LLP. The firm provided legal services to the Company in 2001, 2000 and 1999 and received in fees approximately $91,000, $60,000 and $165,000, respectively. ESTATE TAX REPURCHASE POLICY The Company has a policy under which it will, subject to certain conditions, repurchase a portion of the shares offered by the estate of a deceased stockholder in order to generate funds for payment of estate taxes. The purchase price will be based on a valuation received from an investment banking or appraisal firm. Estate repurchase transactions will be subject to, among other things, compliance with applicable laws governing stock repurchases, board approval and restrictions under the Company's credit facilities and indentures relating to 11.625% senior notes due 2008 (SEE NOTE 7 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS). The policy does not create a contractual obligation on the Company. No shares were repurchased under this policy in 2001, 2000 and 1999. NOTE 18: BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION The Company manages its only segment, the apparel business, based on geographic regions consisting of the Americas, which includes the U.S., Canada and Latin America; Europe, the Middle East and Africa; and Asia Pacific. All Other consists of functions that are directed by the corporate office and are not allocated to a specific geographic region. Under Geographic Information for all periods presented, no single country other than the U.S. had net sales exceeding 10% of consolidated net sales. The Company designs and markets jeans and jeans-related pants, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories, for men, women and children, under the Company's Levi's(R) and Dockers(R) brands. Its products are distributed in the U.S. primarily through chain retailers and department stores and abroad through department stores, specialty retailers and franchised stores. The Company also maintains a network of approximately 840 franchised or independently owned stores dedicated to its products outside the U.S. and operates a small number of company-owned stores in ten countries. The Company obtains its products from a combination of company-owned facilities and independent manufacturers. 74 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on regional profits or losses. The accounting policies of the regions are the same as those described in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies." Regional profits exclude net interest expense, special compensation program expenses, excess capacity/restructuring charges/reversals and expenses that are controlled at the corporate level. Management financial information for the Company is as follows:
ASIA AMERICAS EUROPE PACIFIC ALL OTHER CONSOLIDATED -------- ------ ------- --------- ------------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 2001: Net sales from external customers......................... $2,856,086 $1,066,345 $336,243 $ -- $4,258,674 Intercompany sales........................................ 34,630 913,786 36,372 -- 984,788 Depreciation and amortization expense..................... 57,686 18,572 4,361 -- 80,619 Earnings contribution..................................... 382,700 203,900 56,600 -- 643,200 Interest expense.......................................... -- -- -- 230,772 230,772 Excess capacity/restructuring charges (reversals)......... -- -- -- (4,286) (4,286) Corporate and other expenses.............................. -- -- -- 177,025 177,025 Income before income taxes........................... -- -- -- -- 239,689 Total regional assets..................................... 5,579,491 2,204,701 309,888 -- 8,094,080 Elimination of intercompany assets........................ -- -- -- -- 5,110,594 Total assets......................................... -- -- -- -- 2,983,486 Expenditures for long-lived assets........................ 13,708 6,372 2,461 -- 22,541 UNITED FOREIGN STATES COUNTRIES CONSOLIDATED ------ --------- ------------ GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION: Net sales................................................. $2,656,745 $1,601,929 $4,258,674 Deferred tax assets....................................... 637,758 36,460 674,218 Long-lived assets......................................... 1,122,208 349,987 1,472,195 ASIA AMERICAS EUROPE PACIFIC ALL OTHER CONSOLIDATED -------- ------ ------- --------- ------------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 2000: Net sales from external customers......................... $3,148,219 $1,104,522 $ 392,385 $ -- $4,645,126 Intercompany sales........................................ 65,600 911,489 33,523 -- 1,010,612 Depreciation and amortization expense..................... 64,109 21,151 5,721 -- 90,981 Earnings contribution..................................... 449,900 225,800 55,300 -- 731,000 Interest expense.......................................... -- -- -- 234,098 234,098 Excess capacity/restructuring (reversals)................. -- -- -- (33,144) (33,144) Corporate and other expenses.............................. -- -- -- 186,366 186,366 Income before income taxes........................... -- -- -- -- 343,680 Total regional assets..................................... 5,187,778 1,461,877 471,068 -- 7,120,723 Elimination of intercompany assets........................ -- -- -- -- 3,914,994 Total assets......................................... -- -- -- -- 3,205,728 Expenditures for long-lived assets........................ 16,900 8,323 2,732 -- 27,955 UNITED FOREIGN STATES COUNTRIES CONSOLIDATED ------ --------- ------------ GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION: Net sales................................................. $2,923,799 $1,721,327 $4,645,126 Deferred tax assets....................................... 646,303 44,206 690,509 Long-lived assets......................................... 1,141,523 358,281 1,499,804 75 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) ASIA AMERICAS EUROPE PACIFIC ALL OTHER CONSOLIDATED -------- ------ ------- --------- ------------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 1999: Net sales from external customers......................... $3,420,326 $1,360,782 $ 358,350 $ -- $5,139,458 Intercompany sales........................................ 50,584 1,045,119 38,923 -- 1,134,626 Depreciation and amortization expense..................... 86,078 27,474 6,550 -- 120,102 Earnings contribution..................................... 279,900 242,700 28,500 -- 551,100 Interest expense.......................................... -- -- -- 182,978 182,978 Excess capacity/restructuring charges..................... -- -- -- 497,683 497,683 Global Success Sharing Plan (reversal).................... -- -- -- (343,873) (343,873) Corporate and other expenses.............................. -- -- -- 205,813 205,813 Income before income taxes........................... -- -- -- -- 8,499 Total regional assets..................................... 4,701,974 1,625,396 576,533 -- 6,903,903 Elimination of intercompany assets........................ -- -- -- -- 3,233,889 Total assets......................................... -- -- -- -- 3,670,014 Expenditures for long-lived assets........................ 36,578 20,518 3,966 -- 61,062 UNITED FOREIGN STATES COUNTRIES CONSOLIDATED ------ --------- ------------ GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION: Net sales................................................. $3,201,809 $1,937,649 $5,139,458 Deferred tax assets....................................... 676,707 77,500 754,207 Long-lived assets......................................... 1,273,304 423,026 1,696,330
For 2001, 2000 and 1999, the Company had one customer, J. C. Penney Company, Inc., that represented approximately 13%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales. 76 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NOTE 19: QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER ------- ------- ---------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) 2001 Net sales........................................................ $ 996,382 $1,043,937 $ 983,508 $1,234,846 Cost of goods sold............................................... 556,449 591,442 584,279 729,028 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Gross profit..................................................... 439,933 452,495 399,229 505,818 Marketing, general and administrative............................ 326,095 336,128 314,482 379,179 Other operating (income)......................................... (7,174) (7,365) (8,377) (10,504) Excess capacity/restructuring charges (reversals)................ -- -- -- (4,286) ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating income................................................. 121,012 123,732 93,124 141,429 Interest expense................................................. 69,205 53,898 55,429 52,240 Other (income) expense, net...................................... 4,868 899 13,850 (10,781) ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Income before taxes.............................................. 46,939 68,935 23,845 99,970 Income tax expense............................................... 17,367 25,507 8,822 36,989 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income....................................................... $ 29,572 $ 43,428 $ 15,023 $ 62,981 ========== ========== ========== ========== Earnings per share--basic and diluted............................. $ 0.79 $ 1.16 $ 0.40 $ 1.69 ========== ========== ========== ========== 2000 Net sales........................................................ $1,082,437 $1,149,044 $1,127,740 $1,285,905 Cost of goods sold............................................... 632,442 661,469 663,418 732,841 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Gross profit..................................................... 449,995 487,575 464,322 553,064 Marketing, general and administrative............................ 322,111 367,417 358,524 433,666 Other operating (income)......................................... (4,183) (6,265) (10,404) (11,528) Excess capacity/restructuring (reversals)........................ -- -- -- (33,144) ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating income................................................. 132,067 126,423 116,202 164,070 Interest expense................................................. 56,782 60,989 59,406 56,921 Other income, net................................................ (24,958) (3,835) (1,359) (8,864) ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Income before taxes.............................................. 100,243 69,269 58,155 116,013 Income tax expense............................................... 35,084 24,245 20,354 40,605 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income....................................................... $ 65,159 $ 45,024 $ 37,801 $ 75,408 ========== ========== ========== ========== Earnings per share--basic and diluted............................. $ 1.75 $ 1.21 $ 1.01 $ 2.02 ========== ========== ========== ==========
During the fourth quarter of 2001 the Company recorded the reversal of $26.6 million of prior years' restructuring costs. This reversal was based on updated estimates. The Company also had charges of $22.4 million for various reorganization initiatives in the U.S. and Japan. (SEE NOTE 3 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) During the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company recorded the reversal of $33.1 million of prior years' restructuring costs. This reversal was based on updated estimates. (SEE NOTE 3 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) In addition, in connection with physical inventories, actuarial studies of postretirement benefits and workers' compensation, and reviews of other liabilities, the Company recorded adjustments related to warranty provisions, physical inventory provisions and postretirement benefits in the fourth quarter of 2000 that resulted in a net increase of approximately 8% to fourth quarter operating income. 77 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued) NOTE 20: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS CREDIT FACILITY AMENDMENT Effective January 29, 2002, the Company completed an amendment to its principal credit agreement. The amendment has three principal features. First, the amendment excludes from the computation of earnings for covenant compliance purposes certain cash expenses, as well as certain non-cash costs, relating to potential plant closures in the U.S. and Scotland in 2002. The Company has not made final decisions regarding potential plant closures. The amendment also excludes from those computations the non-cash portion of the Company's long-term incentive compensation plans. Second, the amendment reduces by 0.25 the amount of the required tightening of the leverage ratio beginning with the fourth quarter of 2002. Third, the amendment tightens the senior secured leverage ratio. The amendment did not change the interest rate, size of the facility or required payment provisions of the facility. POTENTIAL FACILITY CLOSURES The Company is now discussing with its unions in the U.S. potential additional closures of manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and is consulting with union and employee representatives regarding a proposal to close two plants in Scotland. If the Company ultimately decides to close facilities, it will then record restructuring charges relating to employee severance and benefits, and other costs associated with facility exit activities. 78 TEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None 79 PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Set forth below is information concerning our directors and executive officers as of January 1, 2002.
Name Age Office and Position ---- --- ------------------- Peter E. Haas, Sr. .................................. 83 Director, Chairman of the Executive Committee Robert D. Haas....................................... 59 Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors Philip A. Marineau................................... 55 Director, President and Chief Executive Officer Angela Glover Blackwell.............................. 56 Director Robert E. Friedman................................... 52 Director Tully M. Friedman.................................... 59 Director James C. Gaither..................................... 64 Director Peter A. Georgescu................................... 62 Director Peter E. Haas, Jr. .................................. 54 Director Walter J. Haas....................................... 52 Director F. Warren Hellman.................................... 67 Director Patricia Salas Pineda................................ 50 Director T. Gary Rogers....................................... 59 Director G. Craig Sullivan.................................... 61 Director R. John Anderson..................................... 50 Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Asia Pacific David G. Bergen...................................... 46 Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer William B. Chiasson.................................. 49 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Karen Duvall......................................... 38 Senior Vice President, Worldwide Supply Chain Joseph Middleton..................................... 46 Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East and Africa Albert F. Moreno..................................... 58 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary Fred Paulenich....................................... 37 Senior Vice President, Worldwide Human Resources
All members of the Haas family are descendants of our founder, Levi Strauss. Peter E. Haas, Sr. is the father of Peter E. Haas, Jr. and the uncle of Robert D. Haas and Walter J. Haas. Robert E. Friedman is a descendant of Daniel E. Koshland, who joined his brother-in-law, Walter A. Haas, Sr., in our management in 1922. PETER E. HAAS, SR. became Chairman of the Executive Committee of our Board of Directors in 1989 after serving as Chairman of our Board since 1981. He has been a member of our Board since 1948. He joined us in 1945, became President in 1970 and Chief Executive Officer in 1976. Mr. Haas is a former Director of American Telephone and Telegraph Co., Crocker National Corporation and Crocker National Bank. ROBERT D. HAAS is the Chairman of our Board. He was named Chairman in 1989 and served as Chief Executive Officer from 1984 until 1999. Mr. Haas joined us in 1973 and served in a variety of marketing, planning and operating positions before becoming Chief Executive Officer. PHILIP A. MARINEAU, a director since 1999, is our President and Chief Executive Officer. He is also presently serving as President, Levi Strauss, Americas. Prior to joining us, Mr. Marineau was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Pepsi-Cola North America from 1997 to 1999. From 1996 to 1997, Mr. Marineau was President and Chief Operating Officer of Dean Foods Company. From 1972 to 1996, Mr. Marineau held a series of positions at Quaker Oats Company including President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1996. ANGELA GLOVER BLACKWELL, a director since 1994, is founder and president of PolicyLink, a nonprofit research, advocacy and communications organization devoted to eliminating poverty and strengthening communities. From 1995 to 1998, Ms. Blackwell was Senior Vice President of the Rockefeller Foundation where she oversaw the foundation's domestic and cultural divisions. Ms. Blackwell was the founder of Oakland, California's Urban Strategies Council, a nonprofit organization focused on reducing persistent urban poverty. 80 ROBERT E. FRIEDMAN, a director since 1998, is founder and Chairman of the Board of the Corporation for Enterprise Development, a Washington, D.C.-based not-for-profit economic development research, technical assistance and demonstration organization which he founded in 1979. The Corporation for Enterprise Development works with public and private policymakers in governments, international organizations, corporations, private foundations, labor unions and community groups to design and implement economic development strategies. TULLY M. FRIEDMAN, a director since 1985, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Friedman Fleischer & Lowe LLC, a private equity investment firm he founded in 1997. Formerly, Mr. Friedman was a founding partner of Hellman & Friedman, a private investment firm. Prior to forming Hellman & Friedman in 1984, he was a managing director and general partner of Salomon Brothers Inc. Mr. Friedman currently serves on the board of directors of Archimedes Technology Group, CapitalSource LLC, The Clorox Company, Mattel, Inc. and McKesson Corporation. JAMES C. GAITHER, a director since 1988, is Managing Director of Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture capital investment firm and senior counsel of the law firm of Cooley Godward LLP in San Francisco, California. Prior to joining Cooley Godward in 1969, he served as law clerk to the Honorable Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United States, special assistant to the Assistant Attorney General in the U.S. Department of Justice and staff assistant to the President of the United States, Lyndon B. Johnson. Mr. Gaither is currently a director of Basic American, Inc., Nvidia Corporation, Siebel Systems, Inc., Kineto, Inc. and Satmetrix, Inc. PETER A. GEORGESCU, a director since February 2000, is Chairman Emeritus of Young & Rubicam Inc. (now WPP Group plc), a global advertising agency. Prior to his retirement in January 2000, Mr. Georgescu served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Young & Rubicam since 1993 and, prior to that, as President of Y&R Inc. from 1990 to 1993, Y&R Advertising from 1986 to 1990 and President of its Young & Rubicam international division from 1982 to 1986. Mr. Georgescu is currently a director of IFF Corporation and Briggs & Stratton, Inc. PETER E. HAAS, JR., a director since 1985, is a director or trustee of each of the Levi Strauss Foundation, Red Tab Foundation, San Francisco Foundation, The Stern Grove Festival Foundation, Walter and Elise Haas Fund and the Novato Youth Center Honorary Board. Mr. Haas was one of our managers from 1972 to 1989. He was Director of Product Integrity of The Jeans Company, one of our former operating units, from 1984 to 1989. He served as Director of Materials Management for Levi Strauss USA in 1982 and Vice President and General Manager in the Menswear Division in 1980. WALTER J. HAAS, a director since 1995, served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Oakland A's Baseball Company from 1993 to 1995, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1991 to 1993 and in other management positions with the club from 1980 to 1991. F. WARREN HELLMAN, a director since 1985, has served as chairman and general partner of Hellman & Friedman LLC, a private investment firm, since its inception in 1984. Previously, he was a general partner of Hellman Ferri (now Matrix Partners) and managing director of Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb, Inc. Mr. Hellman is currently a director of DN&E Walter & Co., WPP Group plc and Sugar Bowl Corporation. PATRICIA SALAS PINEDA, a director since 1991, is currently Vice President of Legal, Human Resources, Government Relations and Environmental Affairs and Corporate Secretary of New United Motor Manufacturing, Inc. She has held this position since 1996. Prior to assuming that position, she served as General Counsel from 1990 to 1996. Ms. Pineda is currently a trustee of the RAND Corporation and a director of the James Irvine Foundation. T. GARY ROGERS, a director since 1998, is Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Dreyer's Grand Ice Cream, Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of premium and super-premium ice cream products. He has held this position since 1977. He serves as a director of Shorenstein Company, L.P., Stanislaus Food Products and Gardonjim Farms. G. CRAIG SULLIVAN, a director since 1998, is Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of The Clorox Company, a major consumer products firm. Prior to his election as Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Clorox in 1992, Mr. Sullivan was group vice president with overall responsibility for manufacturing and marketing, the company's laundry and cleaning products in the United States, the international business, the manufacturing and marketing of products for the food service industry and the corporate purchasing and distribution functions. R. JOHN ANDERSON, our Senior Vice President and President of our Asia Pacific Division since 1998, joined us in 1979. Mr. Anderson served as General Manager of Levi Strauss Canada and as President of Levi Strauss Canada and Latin America from 1996 to 1998. He has held a series of merchandising positions with us in Europe and the United States, including Vice President, Merchandising and Product Development for the Levi's(R) brand in 1995. 81 DAVID G. BERGEN, our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer, joined us in November 2000. He was most recently Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of CarStation.com. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Bergen was Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of LVMH, Inc. Prior to joining LVMH, Inc., Mr. Bergen held a series of management positions at GAP Inc., including Vice President of Application Development. WILLIAM B. CHIASSON, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined us in 1998. From 1988 to 1998, Mr. Chiasson held various positions with Kraft Foods Inc., a subsidiary of Philip Morris Companies, including Senior Vice President of Finance and Information Systems. Prior to joining Kraft Foods, he was Vice President and Controller for Baxter Healthcare Corporation, Hospital Group. KAREN DUVALL, our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Supply Chain, joined us in 2000. Ms. Duvall was Vice President of Global Operations for Warner Lambert Company, a major pharmaceutical firm, from 1997 to 2000. At Warner Lambert, Ms. Duvall also served as Director of Global Sourcing for Marketing Services from 1996 to 1997. From 1994 to 1996, Ms. Duvall was a management consultant at Booz Allen & Hamilton. JOSEPH MIDDLETON, our Senior Vice President and President of Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East and Africa since 1999, joined us in 1981. He held the position of General Manager of the Dockers(R) brand in Europe from 1993 to 1999, General Manager of Levi Strauss New Zealand from 1990 to 1993 and a variety of other positions from 1981 to 1990. ALBERT F. MORENO, our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since 1996, joined us in 1978. He held the position of Chief Counsel for Levi Strauss North America from 1994 to 1996 and Deputy General Counsel from 1985 to 1994. He is a member of the Board of Directors of Xcel Energy, Inc. FRED PAULENICH, our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, joined us in 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Paulenich was Vice President and Chief Personnel Officer of Pepsi-Cola North America from 1999 to 2000. At Pepsi-Cola, he has held a series of management positions including Vice President of Headquarters Human Resources from 1996 to 1998 and Vice President of Personnel from 1995 to 1996. OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS Our board of directors has 14 members. In March 2001, we amended our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to create a staggered board arrangement. Our board is divided into three classes with directors elected for overlapping three-year terms. The initial term for directors in class 1 (Mr. R. Friedman, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. R.D. Haas) ends in 2002. The initial term for directors in class 2 (Mr. T. Friedman, Ms. Pineda, Mr. Rogers, Mr. Hellman and Mr. P.E. Haas, Jr.) ends in 2003. The initial term for directors in class 3 (Ms. Blackwell, Mr. W.J. Haas, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Marineau and Mr. P.E. Haas, Sr.) ends in 2004. Directors in each class may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the trustees of the voting trust. COMMITTEES. Our board of directors currently has four committees. o AUDIT. Our audit committee provides assistance to the Board in the Board's oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, financial reporting processes, system of internal control, compliance with legal requirements and independence and performance of our internal and external auditors. --Members: Until June 28, 2001, the members were Ms. Blackwell, Mr. T. Friedman, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. P.E. Haas, Jr., Mr. W.J. Haas, Mr. Hellman, Ms. Pineda and Mr. Sullivan. Effective June 28, 2001, the members were Mr. Gaither, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. Hellman, Ms. Pineda and Mr. Sullivan. o FINANCE. Our finance committee provides assistance to the Board in the Board's oversight of our financial condition and management, financing strategies and execution and relationships with stockholders, creditors and other members of the financial community. We created the Finance Committee in June 2001. --Members: Mr. T. Friedman, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. P.E. Haas, Jr., Mr. Hellman and Mr. Rogers. o HUMAN RESOURCES. Our human resources committee provides assistance to the Board in the Board's oversight of our compensation, benefits and human resources programs and of senior management performance, composition and compensation. 82 --Members: Until June 28, 2001, the members were Mr. R. Friedman, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. Hellman, Ms. Pineda, Mr. Rogers and Mr. Sullivan. Effective June 28, 2001, the members were Ms. Blackwell, Mr. T. Friedman, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Rogers and Mr. Sullivan. o CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY. Our corporate social responsibility committee provides assistance to the Board in the Board's oversight of our values, ethics and social responsibility as demonstrated through our policies, practices and interactions with stockholders, employees, suppliers, customers, consumers, communities, governmental authorities and others having a relationship with us. --Members: Until June 28, 2001, the members were Ms. Blackwell, Mr. R. Friedman, Mr. T. Friedman, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. P.E. Haas, Jr., Mr. P.E. Haas, Sr., Mr. R.D. Haas, Mr. W.J. Haas, Mr. Marineau and Mr. Rogers. Effective June 28, 2001, the members were Ms. Blackwell, Mr. R. Friedman, Mr. P.E. Haas, Sr., Mr. W.J. Haas and Ms. Pineda. Mr. R.D. Haas and Mr. Marineau are ex-officio members of all standing committees of the Board of Directors. COMPENSATION. Directors who are also stockholders or employees do not receive compensation for their services as directors. Directors who are not stockholders or employees, Mr. Gaither, Ms. Blackwell, Ms. Pineda, Mr. Rogers, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Georgescu, receive annual compensation of approximately $88,000. This amount includes an annual retainer fee of $36,000, meeting fees of $1,000 per meeting day attended and long-term variable pay in the form of 1,800 Leadership Shares units, for a target value of $45,000 per year. The actual amount for each payment varies depending on the years of service, the number of meetings attended and the actual value of the granted units upon vesting. Directors, in their first six years of service, receive a cash amount equivalent to the target value of their long-term variable pay or $45,000. This amount is decreased by approximately 1/3 each year at the start of actual payments from LS&CO.'s Leadership Shares Plan. Mr. Gaither, Mr. Georgescu, Ms. Blackwell, Ms. Pineda, Mr. Rogers and Mr. Sullivan each received 1,800 Leadership Shares units in 2001. In 2001, Ms. Blackwell, Mr. Gaither and Ms. Pineda each received payments of $9,728 under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Gaither, Ms. Blackwell and Ms. Pineda each received payments under the Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Long-Term Performance Plan of approximately $30,637 in 2000. Directors who are not employees or stockholders are eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan. HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION The members of our human resources committee until June 28, 2001 were Mr. Friedman, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. Hellman, Ms. Pineda, Mr. Rogers and Mr. Sullivan. Beginning June 28, 2001, the members of our human resources committee were Ms. Blackwell, Mr. T. Friedman, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Rogers and Mr. Sullivan. Mr. Hellman is chairman and a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, a private investment firm that has provided financial advisory services to us in the past. We did not pay any fees to Hellman & Friedman during fiscal year 2001. Mr. Gaither is senior counsel of the law firm Cooley Godward LLP. Cooley Godward provided legal services to us in 2001 and received approximately $91,000 in fees. 83 ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION This table provides compensation information for our chief executive officer and other executive officers who were our most highly compensated officers in 2001.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE LONG-TERM ANNUAL COMPENSATION COMPENSATION ---------------------------- -------------------- ALL OTHER NAME/PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS (1) LTIP PAYOUTS (2) COMPENSATION(3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Philip A. Marineau 2001 $1,000,000 $ 450,000 $ -- $ 233,284 President and Chief Executive 2000 1,000,000 2,250,000 -- 1,173,761 Officer(4) 1999 153,846 -- -- 3,172,234 Robert D. Haas 2001 798,077 350,000 -- 180,433 Chairman of the Board 2000 1,050,000 1,800,000 -- 78,750 1999 1,248,462 -- 187,000 90,000 William B. Chiasson 2001 512,539 163,000 -- 359,740 Senior Vice President and 2000 475,969 661,650 -- 351,558 Chief Financial Officer 1999 450,449 -- -- -- Joseph Middleton(5) 2001 461,185 167,000 -- 55,908 Senior Vice President and 2000 411,002 446,661 -- 56,528 President, Levi Strauss Europe, 1999 320,450 -- 8,514 43,255 Middle East and Africa R. John Anderson(6) 2001 383,413 163,000 -- 41,129 Senior Vice President and 2000 351,211 420,000 -- 56,785 President, Levi Strauss, 1999 280,347 -- 12,386 36,688 Asia Pacific Division James Lewis 2001 173,077 -- -- 3,467,362 Senior Vice President and 2000 432,692 412,500 -- 816,243 President, Levi Strauss Americas(7) 1999 -- -- -- -- ______________________________ (1) We pay annual bonuses under our Annual Incentive Plan. The Annual Incentive Plan is intended to reward individual contributions to our objectives during the year. The amount of incentive earned depends upon the performance and salary grade level of the individual. The plan is funded based on corporate, group, division and affiliate financial results against pre-established targets. We did not pay any bonuses for 1999 performance. (2) For the year 2001, this column reflects amounts earned during 2001 under our Leadership Shares Plan. The amounts shown for 2001 relate to the 1999 to 2003 measurement period for Leadership Shares units vesting in 2001. We did not meet threshold performance for the 1999 grants. As a result, the units are valued at $0, and we will not make payments with respect to these units. For the years 1999 and 2000, the amounts shown reflect compensation earned under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, a performance unit plan replaced by our Leadership Shares Plan. Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, we granted performance units to participants with an initial target value. At the end of a three-year measurement period, we determined the actual per unit value based on our estimated relative shareholder return and return on investment over that period. Once valued, we paid out the unit value in cash in equal installments over a three-year period. Interest at the prime rate is added to the second and third installments. The 1998 grant was valued at $0 per unit due to performance during that period. Messrs. Marineau, Chiasson and Lewis were not employed by us at the time grants were made under this plan. 84 (3) For Mr. Marineau, Mr. Haas and Mr. Chiasson, the amounts shown include contributions we made on their behalf to our Capital Accumulation Plan. The Capital Accumulation Plan is a non-qualified investment plan that permits eligible employees to contribute up to 10% of their pay, on an after-tax basis, to an individual retail brokerage account established in the employee's name. We established the Capital Accumulation Plan because Internal Revenue Code rules limit savings opportunities under tax-qualified plans for a number of our employees. For the three years shown here, we matched approximately 75% of the employee's contributions. Beginning in 2002, contributions under this plan will be dependent on business performance. We may match up to 10% of eligible employee contributions on a graded scale from 0% to 115%. The level of the matching contribution will be determined at the end of the year based upon business performance using the same measures as are used for the Annual Incentive Plan. The 1999 amount shown for Mr. Marineau reflects a $3.0 million signing bonus under his employment agreement and reimbursement of relocation expenses. The 2000 amount shown for Mr. Marineau reflects relocation-related income of $1,095,877 as well as a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $77,885. The 2001 amount shown for Mr. Marineau includes a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $229,327 and reimbursement of additional relocation expenses of $3,958. The 2000 amount shown for Mr. Chiasson reflects a special payment of $326,250 to replace forfeited long-term grants from a previous employer and a Capital Accumulation Plan match of $25,308. The 2001 amount also reflects a special payment of $326,250 to replace forfeited long-term grants from a previous employer and a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $34,490. The 1999 amount shown for Mr. Middleton consists of a goods and services allowance due to his foreign assignment. The 2000 amount shown for Mr. Middleton consists of a goods and services allowance of $29,303 and compensation for losses due to exchange rate fluctuations of $27,225. The 2001 amount shown reflects a goods and services allowance of $45,074 and compensation for losses due to exchange rate fluctuations of $10,834. The 1999, 2000 and 2001 amounts shown for Mr. Anderson consist of goods and services allowances due to his foreign assignment. The 2000 amount shown for Mr. Lewis reflects a hiring bonus of $614,398 and relocation-related expenses of $201,845. The 2001 amount shown for Mr. Lewis includes an additional hiring bonus of $990,017, relocation-related expenses of $116,933, a payment for accrued paid time off, and a separation payment made under the terms stipulated in his employment agreement of two times his base salary plus target bonus, or $2,325,000. (4) Mr. Marineau joined us on September 27, 1999. (5) Mr. Middleton is a United Kingdom citizen who lives and works in Brussels, Belgium. Our approach for these global assignee employees is to keep individuals whole to their home country while they are on assignment. To achieve this goal, we offset expenses related to a foreign assignment so that the individuals are not disadvantaged because of the assignment. This covers all areas that are affected by a foreign assignment, including salary, cost of living, taxes, housing, benefits, savings, schooling and other miscellaneous expenses. The amounts shown reflect amounts paid in British pounds, converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year reported. (6) Mr. Anderson is an Australian citizen who lives and works in Singapore. We take the same global assignee approach with Mr. Anderson as we do with Mr. Middleton. The amounts shown reflect amounts paid in Australian dollars, converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year reported. (7) We had an employment agreement with James Lewis, our former Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Americas. Mr. Lewis left us on February 9, 2001. The agreement provided for a minimum base salary of $750,000 per year with a bonus target equal to 55% of base salary. For fiscal year 2000, which was the first year of Mr. Lewis' employment, he was guaranteed under the agreement to earn at least his target bonus amount. Under the agreement, Mr. Lewis received a one-time lump sum of $300,000 net of taxes to assist with relocation expenses. As provided by the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Lewis received as a result of his departure a lump-sum separation payment equal to two times his base salary plus annual bonus at target. 85
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS--AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR (2001) ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS (1) ---------------------------------- NUMBER OF LEADERSHIP PERFORMANCE NAME/PRINCIPAL POSITION SHARES AWARDED PERIOD (2) MINIMUM ($) TARGET - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Philip A. Marineau 200,000 5 years -- $5,000,000 President and Chief Executive Officer Robert D. Haas 90,000 5 years -- 2,250,000 Chairman of the Board William B. Chiasson 55,000 5 years -- 1,375,000 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Joseph Middleton 55,000 5 years -- 1,375,000 Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East and Africa R. John Anderson 55,000 5 years -- 1,375,000 Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss, Asia Pacific Division James Lewis -- 5 years -- -- Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Americas ______________________________ (1) This table shows awards under our Leadership Shares Plan. The Leadership Shares Plan is a long-term cash performance unit plan. Under this plan, we establish a five-year financial performance target for each grant based on targeted growth in shareholder value. The value of the units is determined based on actual performance relative to target. Performance at the target level will yield a per unit value of $25. If performance does not meet a threshold standard, then the units will have no value. Performance above target yields correspondingly larger unit values; there is no limit on maximum award potential. (2) The performance period is five years from the time of award. The awards vest in one-third increments on the last day of the third, fourth and fifth fiscal years of the performance period. We pay the awards in the year after they vest. 86
PENSION PLAN TABLE The following table shows the estimated annual benefits payable upon retirement under our U.S. home office pension plan, benefit restoration plans and deferred compensation plan to persons in various compensation and years-of-service classifications prior to mandatory offset of Social Security benefits: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COVERED YEARS OF SERVICE COMPENSATION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $ 400,000 $ 40,000 $ 80,000 $ 120,000 $ 160,000 $ 200,000 $ 205,000 $ 210,000 600,000 60,000 120,000 180,000 240,000 300,000 307,500 315,000 800,000 80,000 160,000 240,000 320,000 400,000 410,000 420,000 1,000,000 100,000 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 512,500 525,000 1,200,000 120,000 240,000 360,000 480,000 600,000 615,000 630,000 1,400,000 140,000 280,000 420,000 560,000 700,000 717,500 735,000 1,600,000 160,000 320,000 480,000 640,000 800,000 820,000 840,000 1,800,000 180,000 360,000 540,000 720,000 900,000 922,500 945,000 2,000,000 200,000 400,000 600,000 800,000 1,000,000 1,025,000 1,050,000 2,200,000 220,000 440,000 660,000 880,000 1,100,000 1,127,500 1,155,000 2,400,000 240,000 480,000 720,000 960,000 1,200,000 1,230,000 1,260,000 2,600,000 260,000 520,000 780,000 1,040,000 1,300,000 1,332,500 1,365,000 2,800,000 280,000 560,000 840,000 1,120,000 1,400,000 1,435,000 1,470,000 3,000,000 300,000 600,000 900,000 1,200,000 1,500,000 1,537,500 1,575,000 3,200,000 320,000 640,000 960,000 1,280,000 1,600,000 1,640,000 1,680,000 3,400,000 340,000 680,000 1,020,000 1,360,000 1,700,000 1,742,500 1,785,000 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The table assumes retirement at the age of 65, with payment to the employee in the form of a single-life annuity. As of year-end 2001, the credited years of service for Messrs. Marineau, Haas, Chiasson and Lewis were 2, 28, 3, and 0, respectively. The 2001 compensation covered by the pension plan, benefit restoration plan and deferred compensation plan for Messrs. Marineau, Haas, Chiasson and Lewis were $3.25 million, $2.6 million, $644,869 and $0, respectively. Mr. Lewis did not receive a full credited year of service. Mr. Middleton participates in the Levi Strauss United Kingdom pension plan. It provides him both a defined benefit and a defined contribution pension. If Mr. Middleton retires at age 60, the plan will provide two-thirds of his base salary (average of the top three years salary out of the last ten before his retirement date) in a defined benefit pension. Based on his current compensation, if Mr. Middleton retires at age 60, he would receive upon retirement a U.S. dollar equivalent of approximately $270,000 annually. We also contribute 20% of Mr. Middleton's annual bonus each year toward his defined contribution pension that he can use to purchase additional pension benefits upon retirement. Mr. Anderson participates in the Levi Strauss Australia pension plan and also has a supplemental plan. The pension payment Mr. Anderson will receive upon retirement is based on years of service and his final average salary. Under the supplemental plan, we contribute 20% of his annual base salary and bonus to his pension each year. Mr. Anderson's benefit under these combined plans, to be paid in lump sums upon retirement, is estimated to be approximately $1.53 million if he retires at age 55, or approximately $4.62 million if he retires at age 65. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS PHILIP MARINEAU. We have an employment agreement with Philip Marineau, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for a minimum base salary of $1.0 million in accordance with our executive salary policy and a target annual cash bonus of 90% of base salary, with a maximum bonus of 180% of base salary. In addition, Mr. Marineau is eligible to participate in all other executive compensation and benefit programs, including the Leadership Shares Plan. Under the employment agreement, we made a one-time grant of 810,000 Leadership Shares units to compensate him for the potential value of stock options he forfeited upon leaving his previous employer to join us. We also provide under the agreement a supplemental pension benefit to Mr. Marineau. 87 The agreement terminates in September 2002 but extends automatically after this date until terminated by either Mr. Marineau or us. We may terminate the agreement upon Mr. Marineau's death or disability, for cause (as defined in the agreement), and without cause upon 30 days notice. Mr. Marineau may terminate the agreement for good reason (as defined in the agreement) or other than for good reason upon 30 days notice to us. The consequences of termination depend on the basis for the termination: o If we terminate without cause or if Mr. Marineau terminates for good reason, Mr. Marineau will be entitled to: (i) severance payments equal to three times the sum of his base salary as of the termination date plus his most recent target or, if greater, annual bonus, (ii) amounts accrued or earned under our compensation and benefit plans and (iii) an amount in respect of the Leadership Shares units granted in the one-time grant described above. o If we terminate for cause or if Mr. Marineau terminates for other than good reason, then the agreement will terminate without our having further obligations to Mr. Marineau other than for amounts accrued or earned under our compensation and benefit programs (which does not include unvested Leadership Shares units or target bonus amounts not payable as of the date of termination). o If we terminate for any reason other than cause or if Mr. Marineau terminates for good reason within 12 months after a change in control (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Marineau will be entitled to: (i) severance payments equal to three times the sum of his base salary as of the termination date plus his most recent target or, if greater, annual bonus, (ii) amounts accrued or earned under our compensation and benefit plans, (iii) an amount in respect of the Leadership Shares units granted in the one-time grant described above, (iv) full and immediate vesting in all outstanding Leadership Shares grants; (v) full and immediate vesting in his supplemental pension benefit; and (vi) if any amounts paid are treated as parachute payments (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code), an amount equal to the applicable excise tax and any taxes on this reimbursement payment. 88 ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT All shares of our common stock are deposited in a voting trust, a legal arrangement that transfers the voting power of the shares to a trustee or group of trustees. The four voting trustees are Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., Robert D. Haas and F. Warren Hellman. The voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take certain other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Our equity holders who, as a result of the voting trust, legally hold "voting trust certificates", not stock, retain the right to direct the trustees on specified mergers and business combinations, liquidations, sales of substantially all of our assets and specified amendments to our certificate of incorporation. The voting trust will last until April 2011, unless the trustees unanimously decide, or holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates decide, to terminate it earlier. If Robert D. Haas ceases to be a trustee for any reason, then the question of whether to continue the voting trust will be decided by the holders. If Peter E. Haas, Sr. ceases to be a trustee, his successor will be his spouse, Miriam L. Haas. The existing trustees will select the successors to the other trustees. The agreement among the stockholders and the trustees creating the voting trust contemplates that, in selecting successor trustees, the trustees will attempt to select individuals who share a common vision with the sponsors of the 1996 transaction that gave rise to the voting trust, represent and reflect the financial and other interests of the equity holders and bring a balance of perspectives to the trustee group as a whole. A trustee may be removed if the other three trustees unanimously vote for removal or if holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates vote for removal. The table on the following page contains information about the beneficial ownership of our voting trust certificates as of January 1, 2002, by: o Each of our directors and each of our five most highly compensated officers; o Each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our voting trust certificates; and o All of our directors and officers as a group. Under the rules of the Commission, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting power", which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or "investment power", which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which that person has no economic interest. Except as described in the footnotes to the table below, the individuals named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all voting trust certificates beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. 89
PERCENTAGE OF NUMBER OF VOTING VOTING TRUST TRUST CERTIFICATES CERTIFICATES NAME BENEFICIALLY OWNED OUTSTANDING ---- ------------------ ------------- Peter E. Haas, Sr. ............................................................. 13,954,709(1) 37.43% Peter E. Haas, Jr. ............................................................. 6,720,141(2) 18.02% Robert D. Haas.................................................................. 3,723,679(3) 9.99% Miriam L. Haas.................................................................. 2,980,200(4) 7.99% Margaret E. Haas................................................................ 2,644,549(5) 7.09% Josephine B. Haas............................................................... 2,228,527(6) 5.98% Robert E. Friedman.............................................................. 1,320,134(7) 3.54% F. Warren Hellman............................................................... 527,342(8) 1.41% Walter J. Haas.................................................................. 258,348(9) * Tully M. Friedman............................................................... 235,186(10) * James C. Gaither................................................................ -- -- Peter A. Georgescu.............................................................. -- -- Angela Glover Blackwell......................................................... -- -- Philip A. Marineau.............................................................. -- -- Patricia Salas Pineda........................................................... -- -- T. Gary Rogers.................................................................. -- -- G. Craig Sullivan............................................................... -- -- William B. Chiasson............................................................. -- -- Joseph Middleton................................................................ -- -- R. John Anderson................................................................ -- -- Directors and executive officers as a group (21 persons)(11).................... 26,739,539 71.72% (1) Includes 3,515,116 voting trust certificates held by the Walter A. Haas, Jr. QTIP Trusts A and B for which Mr. Haas is a trustee or co-trustee. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of those shares. Includes 670,000 voting trust certificates held by a trust for the benefit of Josephine B. Haas, former spouse of Mr. Haas. Mr. Haas has sole voting power and Mrs. Josephine B. Haas has sole investing powers with respect to those voting trust certificates. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of those shares. Includes 2,063,167 voting trust certificates which are held by a partnership for the benefit of Peter E. Haas, Jr. and Margaret E. Haas but for which Mr. Haas has voting powers. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of those voting trust certificates. Excludes 2,980,200 voting trust certificates held by Mr. Haas' wife, Miriam L. Haas. (2) Includes a total of 2,118,994 voting trust certificates held by Mr. Haas' wife, children and trusts for the benefit of his children for which Mr. Haas is trustee and 61,709 voting trust certificates held by trusts, for which Mr. Haas is trustee, for the benefit of Michael S. Haas. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of all of those voting trust certificates. Includes 2,657,721 voting trust certificates held by partnerships for which Mr. Haas is managing general partner. (3) Includes 527,674 voting trust certificates owned by the spouse and daughter of Mr. Haas and by trusts for the benefit of his daughter. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of those voting trust certificates. (4) Excludes 7,706,426 voting trust certificates held by Peter E. Haas, Sr. Mrs. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of those voting trust certificates. (5) Includes 1,439 voting trust certificates held by a trust for the benefit of Ms. Haas' son. Ms. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of those voting trust certificates. (6) Includes 1,203,255 voting trust certificates held by a trust, for which Mrs. Haas is co-trustee, for the benefit of Margaret E. Haas. Mrs. Haas disclaims ownership of all of those voting trust certificates. Includes 300,272 voting trust certificates held by the Josephine B. Haas Family Partnership, for which Mrs. Haas is a limited partner. (7) Includes 92,500 voting trust certificates held by Mr. Friedman's children and by trusts, for which Mr. Friedman is co-trustee, for the benefit of his children and 195,834 voting trust certificates held by trusts, for which Mr. Friedman is co-trustee, for the benefit of Mr. Friedman's nieces and nephew. Mr. Friedman disclaims beneficial ownership of those voting trust certificates. Includes 1,010,000 voting trust certificates held by Copper Reservoir, a California limited partnership, for which Mr. Friedman is a general partner. (8) Excludes 360,314 voting trust certificates held by a trust, for which Mr. Hellman is co-trustee, for the benefit of the daughter of Robert D. Haas. Mr. Hellman disclaims beneficial ownership of those voting trust certificates. (9) Includes 248,348 voting trust certificates held by trusts, for which Mr. Haas is trustee or co-trustee, for the benefit of Mr. Haas' children. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of those voting trust certificates. 90 (10) Includes 13,105 voting trust certificates held by a trust, for which Mr. Friedman is trustee, for the benefit of Mr. Friedman's former wife, Ann Barry. Also includes 25,000 voting trust certificates held by The Friedman Family Partnership. Mr. Friedman disclaims beneficial ownership of all but 500 of the Friedman Family Partnership voting trust certificates. (11) As of January 1, 2002, there were 166 record holders of voting trust certificates.
The percentage of beneficial ownership shown in the table is based on 37,278,238 shares of common stock and related voting trust certificates outstanding as of January 1, 2002. The business address of all persons listed, including the trustees under the voting trust, is 1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT Our common stock and the voting trust certificates are not publicly held or traded. All shares and the voting trust certificates are subject to a stockholders' agreement. The agreement, which expires in April 2016, limits the transfer of shares and certificates to other holders, family members, specified charities and foundations and to us. The agreement does not provide for registration rights or other contractual devices for forcing a public sale of shares, certificates or other access to liquidity. The scheduled expiration date of the stockholders' agreement is five years later than that of the voting trust agreement in order to permit an orderly transition from effective control by the voting trust trustees to direct control by the stockholders. ESTATE TAX REPURCHASE POLICY We have a policy under which we will repurchase a portion of the shares offered by the estate of a deceased stockholder in order to generate funds for payment of estate taxes. The purchase price will be based on a valuation received from an investment banking or appraisal firm. Estate repurchase transactions are subject to applicable laws governing stock repurchases, board approval and restrictions under our credit agreements. Our bank credit facilities prohibit repurchases without the consent of the lenders, and the indentures relating to our 11.625% notes due 2008 limit our ability to make repurchases. (SEE NOTE 18 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.) The policy does not create a contractual obligation on our part. We may amend or terminate this policy at any time. No shares were repurchased under this policy in 2000, 1999 or 1998. VALUATION POLICY We have a policy under which we obtain, and make available to our stockholders, an annual valuation of our voting trust certificates. The policy provides that we will make reasonable efforts to defend valuations we obtain which are challenged in any tax or regulatory proceeding involving a stockholder (including an estate) that used the valuation and that was challenged on that use. The policy provides that we will not indemnify any stockholder against any judgment or settlement amounts or expenses specific to any individual stockholder arising from the use of a valuation. We may amend or terminate this policy at any time. VOTING TRUSTEE COMPENSATION The voting trust agreement provides that trustees who are also beneficial owners of 1% or more of our stock are not entitled to compensation for their services as trustees. Trustees who are not beneficial owners of more than 1% of our outstanding stock may receive such compensation, upon approval of our Board. All trustees are entitled to reimbursement for reasonable expenses and charges, which may be incurred in carrying out their duties as trustees. Of the current trustees, Mr. Hellman beneficially owns less than 1% of our outstanding stock. He is not currently receiving compensation from us for his service as a trustee. All of the other trustees each beneficially owns more than 1% of our outstanding stock. VOTING TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION Under the voting trust agreement, the trustees are not liable to us or to the holders of voting trust certificates for any actions undertaken in their capacity as trustees, except in cases of willful misconduct. The voting trust will indemnify the trustees in respect of actions taken by them under the voting trust agreement in their capacity as trustees, except in cases of willful misconduct. We have agreed to reimburse the voting trust for any amounts paid by the trust as a result of its indemnity obligation on behalf of the trustees. 91 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS As permitted by Delaware law, we have included in our certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate generally the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of their fiduciary duties as directors. In addition, our by-laws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under a number of circumstances, including circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. In addition, our board of directors adopted resolutions making clear that officers and directors of our foreign subsidiaries are covered by these indemnification provisions. We are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer, employee or agent of ours in which indemnification would be required or permitted. We believe that these indemnification provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be granted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Commission this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. 92 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS F. Warren Hellman, one of our directors, is chairman and a general partner of Hellman & Friedman LLC, a private investment firm that has provided financial advisory services to us in the past. We did not pay any fees to Hellman & Friedman LLC during the years 2001, 2000 and 1999. James C. Gaither, one of our directors, is senior counsel of the law firm Cooley Godward LLP. Cooley Godward provided legal services to us in 2001, 2000 and 1999, for which we paid fees of approximately $91,000, $60,000 and $165,000, respectively, in those years. 93 PART IV ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K (a) List the following documents filed as a part of the report: 1. Financial Statements The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8: Report of Independent Public Accountants Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Income Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 2. Financial Statement Schedule Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts......Form 10-K page 102 All other schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto. 3. Exhibits 3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001. 3.2 Amended and Restated By-Laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001. 4.1 Indenture, dated as of November 6, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 4.2 Fiscal Agency Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to (Y)20 billion 4.25% bonds due 2016. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 4.3 Lease Intended as Security, dated as of December 3, 1996, among the Registrant, First Security Bank, National Association as Agent and named lessors. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 4.4 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2000, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. 4.5 Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2001, among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchases named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008 and the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 4.6 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchases named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 94 4.7 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchases named therein, relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 4.8 U.S. Dollar Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 4.9 Euro Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 9. Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant), Robert D. Haas, Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., F. Warren Hellman, as voting trustees, and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 9 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.1 Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant) and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.2 Form of European Receivables Agreement, dated February 2000, between the Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.3 Form of European Servicing Agreement, dated January 2000, between Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.4 Supply Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1992, and First Amendment to Supply Agreement, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.5 Home Office Pension Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.6 Employee Investment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.7 Capital Accumulation Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.8 Special Deferral Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.9 Key Employee Recognition and Commitment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.10 Global Success Sharing Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.11 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.12 Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 95 10.13 Excess Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.14 Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.15 Leadership Shares Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.16 Annual Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.17 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.18 Long-Term Performance Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.19 Employment Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1999, between the Registrant and Philip Marineau. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.20 Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998, between the Registrant and Gordon Shank. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.21 Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1995, for members of the Special Committee of Board of Directors created by the Board of Directors on November 30, 1995. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.22 Discretionary Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Arrangement for Selected Executive Officers. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. * 10.23 Employment Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2000, between the Registrant and James Lewis. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. * 10.24 Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective March 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.25 Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.26 Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.27 Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective August 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.28 Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective November 28, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.29 Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan, Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan, and Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 96 10.30 Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.31 Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan, Plan Document and Employee Booklet effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.32 Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.57 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 10.33 Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.58 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 10.34 Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of February 1, 2001, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.59 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 10.35 Forms of Amendments to European Receivables and Servicing Agreements among Registrant, certain subsidiaries of Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase B.V. effective November 22, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.60 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 10.36 First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.37 Master Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.38 Indenture Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation as Servicer and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.39 Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, and Levi Strauss Securitization Corp. as SPC Member. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.40 Parent Undertaking, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by the Registrant in favor of Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.41 Consent and Release Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, entered into by and among Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller, the Registrant, as Originator, Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, and Bank of America, N.A. as Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.42 Senior Executive Severance Plan effective July 1, 2000. Filed herewith. * 97 10.43 Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan signed on August 2, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.44 Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan effective November 27, 2000. Filed herewith. * 10.45 Amendment to Revised Employee Retirement signed on August 2, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.46 Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2002. Filed herewith. * 10.47 Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.48 Amendment to Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective January 1, 2002. Filed herewith. * 10.49 Amendment to the Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective April 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.50 Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.51 Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.52 Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective November 26, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.53 Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective November 26, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.54 Amendment to Annual Incentive Plan effective November 26, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.55 Second Amendment to Comprehensive Welfare Plan for Home Office Payroll Employees and Retirees effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.56 Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, between the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002. 10.57 First Amendment to Subsidiary Guaranty, dated January 28, 2002, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002. 10.58 First Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002. 12 Statements re: Computation of Ratios. Filed herewith. 21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Filed herewith. 24 Power of Attorney. Contained in signature pages hereto. * Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement. 98 (b) Reports on Form 8-K Current Report on Form 8-K on September 19, 2001 filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing a copy of the Company's press release titled "Levi Strauss & Co. Reports Third-Quarter Financial Results." Current Report on Form 8-K on January 16, 2002 filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing a copy of the Company's press release titled "Levi Strauss & Co. Announces Fourth-Quarter and Fiscal 2001 Financial Results." Current Report on Form 8-K on January 30, 2002 filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report relating to amendments to the Company's credit agreement. 99 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. By: /s/ WILLIAM B. CHIASSON ______________________________ William B. Chiasson Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Date: JANUARY 30, 2002 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William B. Chiasson, Gary W. Grellman and Jay A. Mitchell, and each of them, his or her attorney-in-fact with power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments, supplements or other documents relating to this Annual Report on Form 10-K he deems necessary or appropriate, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact or his substitute may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. SIGNATURE TITLE --------- ----- /s/ ROBERT D. HAAS Chairman of the Board ------------------ Date: January 30, 2002 Robert D. Haas /s/ PHILIP A. MARINEAU Director, President and Chief ---------------------- Executive Officer Philip A. Marineau Date: January 30, 2002 /s/ PETER E. HAAS, SR. Director ---------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 Peter E. Haas, Sr. /s/ ANGELA GLOVER BLACKWELL Director --------------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 Angela Glover Blackwell /s/ ROBERT E. FRIEDMAN Director ---------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 Robert E. Friedman /s/ TULLY M. FRIEDMAN Director --------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 Tully M. Friedman /s/ JAMES C. GAITHER Director -------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 James C. Gaither 100 SIGNATURE TITLE --------- ----- /s/ PETER A. GEORGESCU Director ---------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 Peter A. Georgescu /s/ PETER E. HAAS, JR. Director ---------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 Peter E. Haas, Jr. /s/ WALTER J. HAAS Director ------------------ Date: January 30, 2002 Walter J. Haas /s/ F. WARREN HELLMAN Director --------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 F. Warren Hellman /s/ PATRICIA SALAS PINEDA Director ------------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 Patricia Salas Pineda /s/ T. GARY ROGERS Director ------------------ Date: January 30, 2002 T. Gary Rogers /s/ G. CRAIG SULLIVAN Director --------------------- Date: January 30, 2002 G. Craig Sullivan /s/ GARY W. GRELLMAN Vice President and Controller -------------------- (Principal Accounting Officer) Gary W. Grellman Date: January 30, 2002 101 SCHEDULE II LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (Dollars in Thousands) BALANCE AT ADDITIONS ALLOWANCE FOR BEGINNING CHARGED TO DEDUCTIONS BALANCE AT DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS OF PERIOD EXPENSES TO RESERVES END OF PERIOD - ----------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ------------- November 25, 2001 $29,717 $ 6,429 $ 9,480 $26,666 ======= ======= ======= ======= November 26, 2000 30,017 12,171 12,471 29,717 ======= ======= ======= ======= November 28, 1999 39,987 5,396 15,366 30,017 ======= ======= ======= ======= 102 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION The Company will furnish an annual report to security holders subsequent to this filing. 103 EXHIBIT INDEX 3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001. 3.2 Amended and Restated By-Laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001. 4.1 Indenture, dated as of November 6, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 4.2 Fiscal Agency Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to (Y)20 billion 4.25% bonds due 2016. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 4.3 Lease Intended as Security, dated as of December 3, 1996, among the Registrant, First Security Bank, National Association as Agent and named lessors. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 4.4 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2000, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. 4.5 Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2001, among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchases named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008 and the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 4.6 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchases named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 4.7 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchases named therein, relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 4.8 U.S. Dollar Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 4.9 Euro Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 9. Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant), Robert D. Haas, Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., F. Warren Hellman, as voting trustees, and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 9 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.1 Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant) and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 104 10.2 Form of European Receivables Agreement, dated February 2000, between the Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.3 Form of European Servicing Agreement, dated January 2000, between Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.4 Supply Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1992, and First Amendment to Supply Agreement, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. 10.5 Home Office Pension Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.6 Employee Investment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.7 Capital Accumulation Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.8 Special Deferral Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.9 Key Employee Recognition and Commitment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.10 Global Success Sharing Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.11 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.12 Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.13 Excess Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.14 Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.15 Leadership Shares Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.16 Annual Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.17 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.18 Long-Term Performance Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.19 Employment Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1999, between the Registrant and Philip Marineau. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 105 10.20 Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998, between the Registrant and Gordon Shank. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.21 Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1995, for members of the Special Committee of Board of Directors created by the Board of Directors on November 30, 1995. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. * 10.22 Discretionary Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Arrangement for Selected Executive Officers. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. * 10.23 Employment Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2000, between the Registrant and James Lewis. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. * 10.24 Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective March 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.25 Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.26 Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.27 Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective August 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.28 Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective November 28, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.29 Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan, Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan, and Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.30 Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.31 Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan, Plan Document and Employee Booklet effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. * 10.32 Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.57 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 10.33 Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.58 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 10.34 Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of February 1, 2001, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.59 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 106 10.35 Forms of Amendments to European Receivables and Servicing Agreements among Registrant, certain subsidiaries of Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase B.V. effective November 22, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.60 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. 10.36 First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.37 Master Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.38 Indenture Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation as Servicer and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.39 Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, and Levi Strauss Securitization Corp. as SPC Member. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.40 Parent Undertaking, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by the Registrant in favor of Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.41 Consent and Release Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, entered into by and among Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller, the Registrant, as Originator, Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, and Bank of America, N.A. as Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001. 10.42 Senior Executive Severance Plan effective July 1, 2000. Filed herewith. * 10.43 Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan signed on August 2, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.44 Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan effective November 27, 2000. Filed herewith. * 10.45 Amendment to Revised Employee Retirement signed on August 2, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.46 Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2002. Filed herewith. * 10.47 Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.48 Amendment to Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective January 1, 2002. Filed herewith. * 10.49 Amendment to the Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective April 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.50 Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.51 Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 107 10.52 Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective November 26, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.53 Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective November 26, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.54 Amendment to Annual Incentive Plan effective November 26, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.55 Second Amendment to Comprehensive Welfare Plan for Home Office Payroll Employees and Retirees effective January 1, 2001. Filed herewith. * 10.56 Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, between the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002. 10.57 First Amendment to Subsidiary Guaranty, dated January 28, 2002, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002. 10.58 First Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002. 12 Statements re: Computation of Ratios. Filed herewith. 21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Filed herewith. 24 Power of Attorney. Contained in signature pages hereto. * Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement. 108
EX-10 2 ex10-55.txt COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE PLAN EXHIBIT 10.55 SECOND AMENDMENT LEVI STRAUSS & CO. COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE PLAN FOR HOME OFFICE PAYROLL EMPLOYEES AND RETIREES WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. ("LS&CO.") maintains the Levi Strauss & Co. Comprehensive Welfare Plan for Home Office Payroll Employees and Retirees (the "Plan"); and WHEREAS, Section 20.1 of the Plan provides that LS&CO. may amend the Plan at any time; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. desires to amend the Plan to make certain changes in coverage for retirees of LS&CO. and their dependents; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of LS&CO. authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to adopt certain amendments to the Plan and to delegate to certain other officers of LS&CO. the authority to adopt certain amendments to the Plan; and WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to amend the Plan, subject to specified limits, and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendments herein are within such limits to the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich. NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective January 1, 2001: 1. Section 11.1(b) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new sentence at the end thereof: "Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, effective January 1, 2001, an Eligible Retiree or Eligible Dependent will pay the full cost of coverage for dental benefits." 2. Section 11.1(d) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new sentence at the end thereof: "Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, effective January 1, 2001, the reimbursement of Medicare Part B premiums benefit described in this subsection (d) shall cease, except reimbursement of Medicare Part B premiums will continue for: (i) an Eligible Retiree who attains age sixty-five (65) and retires before January 1, 2001, and (ii) an Eligible Dependent of an Eligible Retiree who retires before January 1, 2001 if such Eligible Dependent attains age sixty-five (65) before January 1, 2001." 3. Section 11.3(b) of the Plan is hereby amended as follows: (a) Subsection (1) is amended by deleting the word "two" as it appears in the last line and inserting "three" in lieu thereof. (b) Subsection (1)(A) is amended by adding the following new sentence at the end thereof: "Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the medical benefits portion of the Under Age 65 Design for an Eligible Retiree who retires on or after January 1, 2001 ('Under Age 65 Design 2001') is identical to the medical benefits described in Section 6 for active Employees, except that an Eligible Retiree covered under the $1,000-Deductible Plan prior to retirement must elect to be covered under the provisions of the Managed Choice Plan or the $500-Deductible Plan upon retirement." 4. Section 11.3(e) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new subsection (3) at the end thereof: "(3) Lower Cost Option. An Eligible Retiree who has not attained age sixty-five (65) may elect a lower cost medical benefits option than the coverage in which such Eligible Retiree is enrolled, if such a lower cost option is available. An Eligible Retiree may make an election under this subsection (3) only one (1) time during retirement. An Eligible Retiree may not at any time elect a higher cost medical benefits option." 5. Section 11.6 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new subsection (e) at the end thereof: "(e) The Under Age 65 Design (2001). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections (a) through (d)(5) of this Section 11.6 and Section 11.8 to the contrary, the medical benefits portion of the Under Age 65 Design for an Eligible Retiree who retires on or after January 1, 2001 is identical to the medical benefits described in Section 6 for active Employees, except that an Eligible Retiree covered under the $1,000-Deductible Plan prior to retirement must elect to be covered under the provisions of the Managed Choice Plan or the $500-Deductible Plan upon retirement." -2- 6. Section 11.7 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new subsection (d) at the end thereof: "(d) The Age 65 and Over Design (2001). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 11.7(a) to the contrary, the Age 65 and Over Design for (1) an Eligible Retiree who attains age sixty-five (65) on or after January 1, 2001, and (ii) an Eligible Dependent of such an Eligible Retiree if such Eligible Dependent is age sixty-five (65) or older (`Age 65 and Over Design (2001)') shall be as follows: (1) Medicare Part A Inpatient Hospital Expenses. The Age 65 and Over Design (2001) reimburses 100% of expenses covered but not reimbursed under Medicare Part A after a $300 per Participant per Benefit Plan Year deductible, payable by the Participant. (2) Medicare Part B Outpatient Physician Expenses. The Age 65 and Over Design (2001) reimburses 100% of expenses covered but not reimbursed under Medicare Part B after a $100 per Participant per Benefit Plan Year deductible, payable by the Participant. (3) Preventive Care Allowance. For an Eligible Retiree who retires on or after January 1, 2001 and an Eligible Dependent of such an Eligible Retiree only, the Age 65 and Over Design (2001) reimburses 100% of preventive care expenses eligible under Section 11.7(a) of the Plan but not covered under Medicare up to a $200 maximum per Participant per Benefit Plan Year. (4) Prescription Drug Benefits. The Age 65 and Over Design (2001) shall provide the prescription drug benefit described in Section 6.9(b)(2) and (3) of the Plan, except with respect to the copayment amounts and the non-participating pharmacy benefit, which shall be subject to the following modifications: (A) Participating Pharmacy and Express Pharmacy Mail-Order Program - Copayments. For an Eligible Retiree who retires on or after January 1, 2001 and an Eligible Dependent of such an Eligible Retiree only, when a participating pharmacy or the Express Pharmacy mail-order program is used to fill a prescription, the Participant shall pay: (i) a $10 copayment for each generic prescription on Aetna's formulary list, (ii) a $15 copayment for each brand name prescription on Aetna's formulary list, and (iii) a $30 copayment for each prescription that is not on Aetna's formulary list. -3- For an Eligible Retiree who retires before January 1, 2001 and an Eligible Dependent of such an Eligible Retiree only, when a participating pharmacy or the Express Pharmacy mail-order program is used to fill a prescription, the Participant shall pay: (i) a $10 copayment for each generic prescription, (ii) a $15 copayment for each brand name prescription when no generic is available, and (iii) a $15 copayment plus the difference in cost between the generic and the brand name prescriptions when the Participant purchases a brand name prescription and a generic prescription is available. (B) Non-Participating Pharmacy. No benefit will be paid for a prescription purchased at a non-participating pharmacy. (5) Annual Out-of-Pocket Limit. An out-of-pocket maximum limit of $400 per Participant per Benefit Plan Year applies to eligible Medicare Part A and Part B expenses. The out-of pocket maximum amount does not include expenses not covered by Medicare or the Plan or to prescription drug copayments." * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand hereunto, ______________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. ________________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President -4- EX-10 3 ex10-43.txt REVISED H.O. PENSION PLAN EXHIBIT 10.43 REVISED HOME OFFICE PENSION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AMENDMENT WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") has adopted the Revised Home Office Pension Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Plan"); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 20.1 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized to amend the Plan at any time and for any reason; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to take the following two actions with respect to the Plan; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to clarify the procedure for suspending benefits for any employee who continues to be employed or who is reemployed after reaching normal retirement age; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to conform its terms with Plan operation regarding the payment of the social security level income distributions made pursuant to certain early retirement window programs offered under the Plan; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and to delegate to certain other officers of the Company the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan; WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000 Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and such delegation not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendments herein are within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; and NOW THEREFORE, effective as of the dates specified herein, the Company amends the Plan as set forth below: 1. Effective December 30, 1985, Section 6.2 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "6.2 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. A Member who either remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or terminates Service with Company but is reemployed by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Normal Retirement Age will be subject to the benefit suspension provisions under Section 13.2." 2. Effective December 30, 1985, a new Section 11.3(e) is added to the Plan to read as follows: "(e) SOCIAL SECURITY ADJUSTMENT OPTION: A monthly annuity beginning before Federal Social Security benefits are scheduled to commence and adjusted when Federal Social Security benefits commence so that a level total monthly income (including both the Retirement Benefit under this Plan and Federal Social Security benefits) will be payable, as far as practicable, throughout the Member's period of retirement. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) Effective as of November 25, 1991, with respect to any Member who is a highly compensated employee, within the meaning of section 414(q) of the Code, as of November 24, 1991, the Social Security Adjustment Option is available only for a portion of such Member's Retirement Benefit under the Plan which is equal to his or her Retirement Benefit which had accrued as of November 24, 1991. A Member described in the immediately preceding sentence who elects to receive the eligible portion of his or her Retirement Benefit to which such Member is entitled in the form of the Social Security Adjustment Option must make such election for the entirety of such portion, and the entire portion of the Member's Retirement Benefit which is ineligible for such election will be received in the form of a Straight Life Annuity described in Section 11.3(a) above; (ii) Effective as of May 1, 1993, with respect to any Member - (A) Who is a highly compensated employee, within the meaning of section 414(q) of the Code, as of November 24, 1991, the Social Security Adjustment Option is available only for a portion of such Member's Retirement Benefit under the Plan which is equal to his or her Retirement Benefit which had accrued as of November 24, 1991, or (B) Who is not described in Section 11.3(e)(ii)(A) above, the Social Security Adjustment Option is available only for the portion of such Member's Retirement Benefit under the Plan which is equal to his or her Retirement Benefit which had accrued as of April 30, 1993. A Member who elects to receive the eligible portion of his or her Retirement Benefit to which such Member is entitled in the form of the Social Security Adjustment Option must make such election for the entirety of such portion, and the entire portion of the Member's Retirement Benefit which is ineligible for such election will be received in the form of a Straight Life Annuity described in Section 11.3(a) above. Effective from December 1, 1994 through October 1, 1997, inclusive, any Member described in Section 11.3(e)(ii)(B) or any Member described in Section 11.3(e)(ii)(A) home office grade 5 or less who (1) terminated Service with the Company pursuant to an early retirement incentive program offered under the Plan, (2) was under age fifty-five (55) as of his or her Retirement Date, and (3) elected the Social Security Adjustment Option, shall receive a Retirement Benefit under the Plan which is equal to his or her Retirement Benefit which had accrued as of April 30, 1993 or November 24, 1991 (as applicable) assuming a Retirement Benefit commencement age of fifty-five (55)." 3. Effective December 30, 1985, paragraph (c) of Section 12.4 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "(c) REEMPLOYED MEMBERS. If a Member is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated company after his or her Normal Retirement Date, Deferred Retirement Date or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.1 and the Member's Retirement Benefit is suspended under Section 13.2, then the Administrative 2 Committee will neither be required to provide the Member with a written explanation of the optional forms of benefit payable under the Plan nor obtain a new benefit election and spousal consent upon the Member's later termination of Service or the resumption of Retirement Benefit payments under Section 13.2. Rather, upon the Member's later termination of Service or the resumption of Retirement Benefit payments, his or her Retirement Benefit (as adjusted under Section 13.2(g) after the Member's reemployment) will recommence in the form in which they were being paid before the suspension of such Retirement Benefit under Section 13.2. If a Member is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company after his or her Early Retirement Date or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.2 and the Member's Retirement Benefit is suspended under Section 13.2, then the Member's prior benefit election will remain in effect until his or her later termination of Service (excluding any month he or she is employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company but not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service within the meaning of Section 13.2(a)) but automatically be cancelled and of no effect as of his or her later termination of Service. Upon the Member's later termination of Service, the Administrative Committee will provide the Member with the written explanation of the optional forms of benefit described in Section 11.3 and obtain a new benefit election and spousal consent (if the Member is Legally Married). Upon the Member's later termination of Service, his or her Retirement Benefit (as adjusted under Section 13.2(g) after the Member's reemployment) will be paid in the form in which the Member elects under Section 12." 4. Effective December 30, 1985, Section 13.2 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "13.2 SUSPENSION OF BENEFITS. A Member who either remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or terminates Service with the Company but is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Retirement Date or Vested Retirement Payment Date will be subject to the following benefit suspension provisions. (a) REEMPLOYMENT AS EMPLOYEE. If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Normal Retirement, Deferred Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.1 is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Casual Employee or Retiree Coordinator), then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended for each month in which the Member is employed in "Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service." A Member will be employed in "Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service" during any month in which he or she is credited with at least forty (40) Hours of Service. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 12.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 12 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the following events occur: (i) The date the Member terminates Service; or (ii) Any month in which the Member is not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. 3 If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.2 is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Casual Employee or Retiree Coordinator) before his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended upon the Member's reemployment until he or she terminates Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if such Member remains in Service after reaching his or her Normal Retirement Age, then payment of the Member's Retirement Benefit shall be suspended only for each month in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. Conversely, if a Member who is receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.2 is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Casual Employee or Retiree Coordinator) on or after his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended for each month in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 12.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 12 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the following events occur: (iii) The date the Member terminates Service; or (iv) Any month in which the Member is not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service after attaining Normal Retirement Age. (b) REEMPLOYMENT AS A CASUAL EMPLOYEE. If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Normal Retirement, Deferred Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.1 is reemployed as a Casual Employee, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended in each month during a Rehire Anniversary Year in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service only after the Member has completed nine-hundred fifty (950) Hours of Service during such Rehire Anniversary Year. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 12.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefits payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 12 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the events described in Section 13.2(a)(i) or (ii) occur. If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.2 is reemployed as a Casual Employee before his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended each Rehire Anniversary Year after the Member completes nine-hundred fifty (950) Hours of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if such Member remains in Service after reaching his or her Normal Retirement Age, then payment of the Member's Retirement Benefit will be suspended for each month during a Rehire Anniversary Year in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service only after the Member has completed nine-hundred 4 fifty (950) Hours of Service during such Rehire Anniversary Year. Conversely, if a Member who is receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 8.2 is reemployed as a Casual Employee on or after his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended for each month during a Rehire Anniversary Year in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service only after the Member has completed nine-hundred fifty (950) Hours of Service during such Rehire Anniversary Year. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 12.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 12 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the events described in Section 13.2(a)(iii) or (iv) occur. (c) CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT BEYOND NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. With respect to any Member who has reached his or her Retirement Date but continues to remain in Service through and beyond his or her Normal Retirement Age, payment of such Member's Retirement Benefit shall be suspended for each month the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, the payment of such Member's Retirement Benefit will commence in the form elected under Section 12 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the events described in Section 13.2(a)(i) or (ii) occur. (d) NOTIFICATION OF SUSPENSION. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no Retirement Benefit payments shall be suspended under this Section 13.2 with respect to a Member who remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or who is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Normal Retirement Age unless the Plan Administrator provides a notice of suspension of benefits to the affected Member in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. ss.2530.203-3(b)(4). In the event that the Plan Administrator fails to comply with such notice of suspension requirements, the affected Member's Retirement Benefit as of his or her actual Retirement Date shall not be less than the greater of: (i) Such affected Member's Retirement Benefit as of his or her Normal Retirement Age including any additional Benefit Service accrued beginning after his or her Normal Retirement Age, as required under section 411(b)(1)(H) of the Code and provided under Section 13.2(g), and ending on the earlier of: (A) The last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the Plan Administrator provides such Member with such notice; or (B) Such Member's actual Retirement Date; or (ii) Such affected Member's Retirement Benefit as of his or her Normal Retirement Age actuarially adjusted for delayed payment beginning after his or her Normal Retirement Age and ending on the earlier of the dates specified under (i)(A) or (i)(B), above. 5 (e) RULES RELATING TO SECTION 203(A)(3)(B) SERVICE. A Member who either remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or who is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to have terminated Service for purposes of this Section 13.2 as of the first day of any month in which such Member is not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service; provided, however, such Member will be deemed to be reemployed as of the first day of any subsequent month in which he or she is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 13.2 will apply. (f) LIMITATIONS ON BENEFIT SUSPENSION. If a Member terminates Service with the Company or an Affiliated Company but is reemployed as an employee after his or her Required Beginning Date, then his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments (if any) will continue and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 13.2 will not apply. In addition, if a Member remains in Service after his or her Required Beginning Date, then such Member will be deemed to have terminated Service for purposes of this Section 13.2 and Section 12.4(c) as of his or her Required Beginning Date and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 13.2 will not apply. (g) BENEFIT SERVICE BEYOND NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. A Member described in any of the preceding paragraphs under this Section 13.2 who either remains in Service as an Employee after his or her Normal Retirement Age or who is reemployed by the Company as an Employee after his or her Normal Retirement Age will be credited with a full month of Benefit Service for each calendar month in which he or she is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service or in which he or she otherwise has Service. However, any additional Retirement Benefit the Member would accrue as a result of being credited with Benefit Service under this Section 13.2(g), will be offset by the monthly Retirement Benefits previously distributed (if any) to the Member during any month in which such Member was employed Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. (h) RETIREE COORDINATORS. If a Member terminates Service after his or her Retirement Date and is reemployed by the Company as a Retiree Coordinator, then he or she will continue to receive monthly Retirement Benefits (if any), and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 13.2 will not apply. In addition, such Retiree Coordinator will not be entitled to accrue additional Benefit Service upon being reemployed by the Company as a Retiree Coordinator. * * * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed this _____ day of ____________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. By: _______________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources 6 EX-10 5 ex10-49.txt EMPLOYEE LT INVESTMENTS & SAVINGS PLAN (AMENDED) EXHIBIT 10.49 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. EMPLOYEE LONG-TERM INVESTMENT AND SAVINGS PLAN AMENDMENTS WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. ("LS&CO.") maintains the Levi Strauss & Co. Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan (the "ELTIS"); and WHEREAS, Section 16 of the ELTIS provides that LS&CO. may amend the ELTIS at any time and for any reason; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. desires to amend the ELTIS, effective April 1, 2001, by reducing the eligibility service requirement for member contributions (excluding members employed at the Powell or Valencia facilities) from 1 year to 6 months; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. desires to amend the ELTIS, effective April 1, 2001, to increase the limits on pre-tax and post-tax contributions of members (excluding members employed at the Powell or Valencia facilities) from ten percent of their compensation to fifteen percent; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. desires to amend the ELTIS to permit all highly compensated employees to participate in the ELTIS effective January 1, 2001; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. desires to amend the ELTIS, effective January 1, 2001, to exclude certain compensation from being taken into account for deferral purposes; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. desires to amend the ELTIS to reflect various administrative changes, such as granting the Investment Committee full discretion to select investment funds offered under the ELTIS, changing the default investment option in the event a member fails to file a proper investment direction, and changing the procedure relating to how undeliverable checks are reinvested; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of LS&CO. authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the ELTIS and to further delegate the authority to take certain actions with respect to the ELTIS; and WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the ELTIS and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendments herein are within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; NOW THEREFORE, effective as of the dates set forth herein, LS&CO. amends the ELTIS as follows: 1. Effective as of January 1, 2001, the second sentence of Section 2.13 of the ELTIS is hereby amended by deleting the phrase ", and amounts deferred under the Company's Deferred Compensation Plan for executives." 2. Effective as of January 1, 2001, paragraph (k) of Section 2.16 of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "(k) A Highly Compensated Employee, with respect to eligibility to made Member Contributions or receive an allocation of Matching Contributions only, except as otherwise provided under Section 3.5(b)." 3. Effective as of January 1, 2001, Section 2.20 of the ELTIS is hereby amended by adding the following before the last paragraph thereof: "Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the term Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who: (c) Was a five percent (5%) owner of the Company or an Affiliated Company (as defined in section 416(I)(1) of the Code) at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or (d) For the preceding Plan Year received 'compensation' (as defined below) from the Company or an Affiliated Company in excess of eighty thousand dollars ($80,000), as adjusted under Regulations or rulings issued by the IRS." 4. Effective as of April 1, 2001, the second to last paragraph of Section 2.53 of the ELTIS is hereby amended to read as follows: "All Service will be aggregated, whether or not such Service is performed consecutively, and every partial month will be deemed to be one full month of Service; except that for purposes of eligibility under Sections 3.1(a), 3.1(c), and 3.2, an Employee must complete full calendar months of Service." 5. Effective as of April 1, 2001, Section 3.1 of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "3.1 COMMENCEMENT OF MEMBERSHIP. Each Employee who was a Member in the Plan on the Effective Date will continue to be a Member. Each Employee who was not a Member in the Plan on the Effective Date will become a Member in the Plan under paragraphs (a), (b), and (c), below. (a) PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Membership in the Plan is voluntary for the Pre-Tax Contributions provided for in Section 4.1 and the Matching Contributions provided for in Section 5.1. Each Employee may become a Member in the Plan with respect to Pre-Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions on the first day of the first pay period coinciding with or next following the day on which he or she completes a Year of Service, by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committe in advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, effective April 1, 2001, each Employee (other than an Employee employed at the Powell or Valencia facilities) may become a Member in the Plan with respect to Pre-Tax Contributions on the first day of the first pay period coinciding with or next following the day on which he or she completes six (6) months of Service, by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committee in advance. However, eligibility for Matching Contributions remains one (1) Year of Service for all Employees. (b) SPECIAL COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS. Membership for Special Company Contributions provided for in Section 5.2 is automatic. An Employee who is hired on or before November 30 of the prior Plan Year, and who maintains an employment relationship with the Company or an Affiliated Company from such date until the last day of such Plan Year, will become a Member in the Plan for any Special Company Contribution as of the last day of such Plan Year. (c) POST-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. Effective as of the first pay period ending after June 1, 1995, an Employee may become a Member in the Plan with respect to Post-Tax Contributions on the first day of the first pay period coinciding with or next following the day on which he or she completes a Year of Service, by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committee in advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, effective April 1, 2001, each Employee (other than an Employee employed at the Powell or Valencia facilities) may become a Member in the Plan with respect to Post-Tax Contributions on the first day of the first pay period coinciding with or next following the day on which he or she completes six (6) months of Service, by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committee in advance. Upon becoming a Member, an Employee will designate a Beneficiary under Sections 2.8 and 12." 6. Effective as of April 1, 2001, Section 3.2 of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "3.2 REHIRED AND TRANSFERRED EMPLOYEES. A former Employee who is rehired will be eligible to begin or resume membership, as applicable, in the Plan on the first Membership Date coincident with or next following the date he or she attains or returns to the status of an Employee and has completed a Year of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, effective April 1, 2001, a former Employee who is rehired (other than an Employee reemployed at the Powell or Valencia facilities) will be eligible to begin or resume membership, as applicable, in the Plan on the first Membership Date coincident with or next following the date he or she attains or returns to the status of an Employee and has completed six (6) months of Service. If an employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company transfers employment either to the Company or to another employment classification and as a result qualifies as an Employee, such Employee will be eligible to begin membership in the Plan as described under Section 3.1. Further, effective April 1, 2001, if an Employee transfers from the Company (other than the Powell or Valencia facilities) to the Powell or Valencia facilities after he or she has completed six (6) months of Service but before completing a Year of Service, such Employee's membership in the Plan will be suspended in accordance with Section 3.3 until the first Membership Date coincident with or next following the date he or she has completed a Year of Service; provided that if he or she subsequently transfers to the Company (other than the Powell or Valencia facilities), such Employee will be eligible to begin or resume membership, as applicable, in the Plan as described in Section 3.1." 7. Effective as of April 1, 2001, the first sentence of Section 3.3 of the ELTIS is hereby amended to read as follows: "A Member's membership in the Plan will be suspended for any period during which the Member is an employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company but not an Employee or for any period described in Section 3.2." 8. Effective as of January 1, 2001, the ELTIS is hereby amended by deleting Appendix F in its entirety. 9. Effective as of January 1, 2001, paragraph (b) of Section 3.5 of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "(b) ELIGIBLE HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES. Notwithstanding Section 3.5(a), a Highly Compensated Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 may participate in the Plan for all or a portion of a Plan Year as a Member provided that he or she is included in an eligible category of Highly Compensated Employees described in paragraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii), below: (i) For the Plan Year ending in the 1996 calendar year, Highly Compensated Employees whose compensation (as determined pursuant to Section 2.20) for the prior Plan Year did not exceed ninety five thousand dollars ($95,000); or (ii) For any Plan Year beginning in or after the 1996 calendar year, all Highly Compensated Employees." 10. Effective as of April 1, 2001, Section 4.1 of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "4.1 ELECTION TO MAKE CONTRIBUTIONS. A Member whose membership is not suspended under Sections 3.3 or 3.5 may elect, as of the first day of any pay period in any month, to begin making Member Contributions to the Plan at the rates specified in paragraphs (a) or (b), below: (a) In one percent (1%) increments of his or her Compensation, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%)(or effective as of April 1, 2001, fifteen percent (15%) with respect to those Members who are not employed at the Powell or Valencia facilities); or (b) In five dollar ($5.00) increments, up to a maximum of twenty-five dollars ($25.00). The Member may elect to make such Member Contributions either as Pre-Tax Contributions, Post-Tax Contributions, or any combination thereof. A Member's election to make Pre-Tax Contributions will constitute an election (for federal tax purposes and, wherever permitted, for state and local tax purposes) to have his or her taxable Compensation reduced by the amount of all Pre-Tax Contributions." 11. Effective as of April 1, 2001, Section 4.3 of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "4.3 CHANGE OR SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS. A Member, at any time, may change the rate of his or her Member Contributions within the percentage and dollar limitations described in Section 4.1 or may change the nature of such Member Contributions as Pre-Tax Contributions or Post-Tax Contributions by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committee, or by utilizing such other notification procedure as is prescribed by the Administrative Committee. A Member may suspend all Member Contributions by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committee, or by utilizing such other notification procedure as is prescribed by the Administrative Committee. Such changes in rate or nature of Member Contributions or suspension of Member Contributions will become effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the date the form is filed with or notice is received by the Administrative Committee. With respect to a Member who transfers to a new facility within the Company during a Plan Year, such Member's election prior to such transfer will automatically be suspended until he or she re-elects to begin making Member Contributions following such transfer in accordance with Section 4.1, with such new election becoming effective as soon as reasonably practicable after it is received by the Administrative Committee." 12. Effective as of April 1, 2001, the first paragraph of Section 5.1 of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "5.1 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Except as provided below, for each period (an 'Accumulation Period') during a Plan Year, beginning with the pay period coinciding with or next following the day on which a Member completes a Year of Service, the Company will make a Matching Contribution to the Plan in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Member's Member Contributions for the Accumulation Period, provided that Member Contributions in excess of ten percent (10%) of such Member's Compensation shall not be matched. The Matching Contribution will be reduced by any amount which cannot be allocated to the Member because of the contribution limitation described in Section 10.1. The Board of Directors may determine in its sole discretion that:" 13. Effective as of the date this amendment is adopted, the ELTIS is hereby amended by deleting Appendix C in its entirety. 14. Effective as of the date this amendment is adopted, Section 6.1(a) of the ELTIS is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "(a) IN GENERAL. All contributions to the Plan will be held by the Trustee for investment and reinvestment as part of the Trust Fund under the Trust Agreement. The Trust Fund will consist of Funds or other investment vehicles designated by the Investment Committee, as may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Investment Committee." 15. Effective as of the date this amendment is adopted, the first paragraph of Section 6.2 of the ELTIS are hereby amended to read as follows: "All Member Contributions, Matching Contributions and Special Company Contributions will be deposited in the Fund designated by the Member for such investment in one percent (1%) increments of such contribution as directed by the Member in accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee. A Member's investment directions will remain in effect until changed by the Member. If the Member fails to file any investment directions, his or her share of any Special Company Contributions allocated to his or her Special Company Account, his or her Member Contributions, and Matching Contributions will be deposited in a Fund designated from time to time by the Investment Committee in its sole discretion." 16. Effective as of November 15, 1999, Section 9.8 of the ELTIS is hereby amended to read as follows: "9.8 UNDELIVERABLE CHECKS. In the event that a Benefit cannot be delivered, the Account of the Member (or Beneficiary, as applicable) shall be recredited with the amount of the Benefit which cannot be delivered. Such Benefit shall be reinvested in the Fidelity Retirement Money Market Fund (or such as the Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, determines is most similar to a money market fund with respect to its risk characteristics), except that the Benefit relating to any undeliverable check returned after November 15, 1999 shall be reinvested in the same Fund(s) from which it was withdrawn based on both the Member's (or Beneficiary's, if applicable) prior investment allocation percentage and the Funds(s) net asset value as of the applicable reinvestment date." * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LS&CO. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this _____ day of _______________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. ____________________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources EX-10 6 ex10-48.txt EMPLOYEE LT INVESTMENT & SAVINGS PLAN EXHIBIT 10.48 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. EMPLOYEE LONG-TERM INVESTMENT AND SAVINGS PLAN AMENDMENTS WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") maintains the Levi Strauss & Co. Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan (the "ELTIS"); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 16.1 of the ELTIS, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized to amend the ELTIS at any time and for any reason; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the ELTIS, effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with Regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service to eliminate all optional forms of benefit payable thereunder in the form of an annuity; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the ELTIS and to further delegate to certain officers of the Company the authority to take certain actions with respect to the ELTIS; and WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the ELTIS and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendment herein is within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; and NOW THEREFORE, effective as of January 1, 2002, the ELTIS is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the beginning of Subsection 9.4(b) to read as follows: "(b) ANNUITY CONTRACT. This Subsection 9.4(b) shall apply only with respect to any distribution of a Plan Benefit with an Annuity Starting Date before January 1, 2002." * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed this ______ day of ________________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. By: __________________________________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources EX-10 7 ex10-47.txt EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLAN EXHIBIT 10.47 EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AMENDMENTS WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO.("LS&CO.") maintains the Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "EIP"); and WHEREAS, Section 18 of the EIP provides that LS&CO. may amend the EIP at any time and for any reason; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. amended the EIP to permit all members who are highly compensated employees to participate in the EIP effective January 1, 2001; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. amended the EIP effective January 1, 2001 to increase the percentage of pre-tax and post-tax contributions of members who are non-highly compensated employees from ten percent (10%) of their eligible compensation to fifteen percent (15%), while continuing to limit the percentage of pre-tax and post-tax contributions of members who are highly compensated employees to ten percent (10%); and WHEREAS, Section 15.1 of the EIP grants the Administrative Committee the authority, as the plan administrator, to make such rules and regulations and to take any other actions to administer the EIP as it may deem appropriate; and WHEREAS, LS&CO. desires to amend the EIP effective January 1, 2001 to incorporate the Administrative Committee's resolution to increase the percentage of pre-tax and post-tax contributions of certain members who are highly compensated employees from ten percent (10%) of their eligible compensation to fifteen percent (15%); and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of LS&CO. authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the EIP and to further delegate the authority to take certain actions with respect to the EIP; and WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the EIP and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendments herein are within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; NOW THEREFORE, effective as of January 1, 2001, LS&CO. amends the EIP as follows: 1. Section 4.1 of the EIP is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "4.1 ELECTION TO MAKE CONTRIBUTIONS. A Member whose membership is not suspended under Section 3.3 or 3.5 may elect, as of the first day of any pay period in any month, to begin making Member Contributions to the Plan in one percent (1%) increments of his or her Compensation, without regard to the compensation limit under section 401(a)(17) of the Code, up to a maximum of ten (10%) (or effective January 1, 2001, fifteen percent (15%) with respect to either those Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees, or those Highly Compensated Employees designated by the Administrative Committee). The Member may elect to make such Member Contributions either as Pre-Tax Contributions, Post-Tax Contributions, or any combination thereof. A Member's election to make Pre-Tax Contributions will constitute an election (for federal tax purposes and, wherever permitted, for state and local tax purposes) to have his or her taxable Compensation reduced by the amount of all Pre-Tax Contributions." 2. Section 4.3 of the EIP is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "4.3 CHANGE OR SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS. A Member, at any time, may change the rate of his or her Member Contributions within the percentage limitation described in Section 4.1 or may change the nature of such Member Contributions as Pre-Tax Contributions or Post-Tax Contributions by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committee, or by utilizing such other notification procedure as is prescribed by the Administrative Committee. A Member may suspend all Member Contributions by filing the prescribed form with the Administrative Committee, or by utilizing such other notification procedure as is prescribed by the Administrative Committee. Such changes in rate or nature of Member Contributions or suspension of Member Contributions will become effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the date the form is filed with or notice is received by the Administrative Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2001, with respect to a Member who transfers from the status of a Highly Compensated Employee to a non-Highly Compensated Employee at the end of a Plan Year, if such Member's prior election with respect to his or her Member Contributions was limited to ten percent (10%) under Section 4.1 while he or she was a Highly Compensated Employee, then such Member may elect to increase his or her Member Contributions for the following Plan Year up to fifteen percent (15%) of his or her Compensation, without regard to the compensation limit under section 401(a)(17) of the Code, with such increase in the Member Contributions becoming effective with the pay period beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of such Plan Year. Further, effective January 1, 2001, with respect to a Member who transfers from the status of a non-Highly Compensated Employee to a Highly Compensated Employee at the end of a Plan Year, if such Member's Member Contributions are limited to ten percent (10%) under Section 4.1 upon becoming a Highly Compensated Employee, then such Member's prior election with respect to his or her Member Contributions will automatically be decreased (beginning with such Member's Post-Tax Contributions, if any) to ten percent (10%) of his or her Compensation, without regard to the compensation limit under section 2 401(a)(17), but only in the event that his or her election prior to becoming a Highly Compensated Employee was greater than ten percent (10%), with such decrease in the Member Contributions becoming effective with the pay period beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of such Plan Year." * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LS&CO. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this _____ day of _______________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. -------------------------------------------- Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources 3 EX-10 8 ex10-46.txt EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLAN EXHIBIT 10.46 EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AMENDMENTS WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") maintains the Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "EIP"); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 18.1 of the EIP, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized to amend the EIP at any time and for any reason; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the EIP, effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with Regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service to eliminate all optional forms of benefit payable thereunder in the form of an annuity; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the EIP and to further delegate to certain officers of the Company the authority to take certain actions with respect to the EIP; and WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the EIP and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendment herein is within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; and NOW THEREFORE, effective as of January 1, 2002, the EIP is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the beginning of Subsection 11.5(b) to read as follows: "(b) ANNUITY CONTRACT. This Subsection 11.5(b) shall apply only with respect to any distribution of a Plan Benefit with an Annuity Starting Date before January 1, 2002." * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed this ______ day of ________________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. By: _________________________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources EX-10 9 ex10-45.txt REVISED EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN EXHIBIT 10.45 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. REVISED EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN AMENDMENT WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") has adopted the Levi Strauss & Co. Revised Employee Retirement Plan (the "Plan"); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 21.1 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized to amend the Plan at any time and for any reason; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to take the following action with respect to the Plan; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to clarify the procedure for suspending benefits for any employee who continues to be employed or who is reemployed after reaching normal retirement age; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and to delegate to certain other officers of the Company the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan; WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000 Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and such delegation not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendments herein are within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; and NOW THEREFORE, effective as of the dates specified herein, the Company amends the Plan as set forth below: 1. Effective December 30, 1985, Section 7.2 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "7.2 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. A Member who either remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or terminates Service with Company but is reemployed by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Normal Retirement Age will be subject to the benefit suspension provisions under Section 14.2." 2. Effective December 30, 1985, paragraph (c) of Section 13.4 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "(c) REEMPLOYED MEMBERS. If a Member is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated company after his or her Normal Retirement Date, Deferred Retirement Date or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.1 and the Member's Retirement Benefit is suspended under Section 14.2, then the Administrative Committee will neither be required to provide the Member with a written explanation of the optional forms of benefit payable under the Plan nor obtain a new benefit election and spousal consent upon the Member's later termination of Service or the resumption of Retirement Benefit payments under Section 14.2. Rather, upon the Member's later termination of Service or the resumption of Retirement Benefit payments, his or her Retirement Benefit (as adjusted under Section 14.2(g) after the Member's reemployment) will recommence in the form in which they were being paid before the suspension of such Retirement Benefit under Section 14.2. If a Member is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company after his or her Early Retirement Date or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.2 and the Member's Retirement Benefit is suspended under Section 14.2, then the Member's prior benefit election will remain in effect until his or her later termination of Service (excluding any month he or she is employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company but not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service within the meaning of Section 14.2(a)) but automatically be cancelled and of no effect as of his or her later termination of Service. Upon the Member's later termination of Service, the Administrative Committee will provide the Member with the written explanation of the optional forms of benefit described in Section 12.3 and obtain a new benefit election and spousal consent (if the Member is Legally Married). Upon the Member's later termination of Service, his or her Retirement Benefit (as adjusted under Section 14.2(g) after the Member's reemployment) will be paid in the form in which the Member elects under Section 13." 3. Effective December 30, 1985, Section 14.2 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "14.2 SUSPENSION OF BENEFITS. A Member who either remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or terminates Service with the Company but is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Retirement Date or Vested Retirement Payment Date will be subject to the following benefit suspension provisions. (a) REEMPLOYMENT AS EMPLOYEE. If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Normal Retirement, Deferred Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.1 is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Casual Employee or Retiree Coordinator), then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended for each month in which the Member is employed in "Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service." A Member will be employed in "Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service" during any month in which he or she is credited with at least forty (40) Hours of Service. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 13.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 13 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the following events occur: (i) The date the Member terminates Service; or (ii) Any month in which the Member is not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.2 is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Casual Employee or Retiree Coordinator) before his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended 2 upon the Member's reemployment until he or she terminates Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if such Member remains in Service after reaching his or her Normal Retirement Age, then payment of the Member's Retirement Benefit shall be suspended only for each month in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. Conversely, if a Member who is receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.2 is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Casual Employee or Retiree Coordinator) on or after his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended for each month in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 13.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 13 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the following events occur: (iii) The date the Member terminates Service; or (iv) Any month in which the Member is not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service after attaining Normal Retirement Age. (b) REEMPLOYMENT AS A CASUAL EMPLOYEE. If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Normal Retirement, Deferred Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.1 is reemployed as a Casual Employee, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended in each month during a Rehire Anniversary Year in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service only after the Member has completed nine-hundred fifty (950) Hours of Service during such Rehire Anniversary Year. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 13.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefits payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 13 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the events described in Section 14.2(a)(i) or (ii) occur. If a Member who is receiving (or is eligible but has not commenced receiving) monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.2 is reemployed as a Casual Employee before his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended each Rehire Anniversary Year after the Member completes nine-hundred fifty (950) Hours of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if such Member remains in Service after reaching his or her Normal Retirement Age, then payment of the Member's Retirement Benefit will be suspended for each month during a Rehire Anniversary Year in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service only after the Member has completed nine-hundred fifty (950) Hours of Service during such Rehire Anniversary Year. Conversely, if a Member who is receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments on account of his or her Early Retirement or Vested Retirement Benefit Payment Date described in Section 9.2 is reemployed as a Casual Employee on or after his or her Normal Retirement Age, then such monthly Retirement Benefit payments will be suspended for each month during a Rehire Anniversary Year in which the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service only after the Member has completed nine- 3 hundred fifty (950) Hours of Service during such Rehire Anniversary Year. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments will recommence in the form determined under Section 13.4(c) or, in the case of a Member who was eligible but has not commenced receiving monthly Retirement Benefit payments before being reemployed, commence in the form elected under Section 13 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the events described in Section 14.2(a)(iii) or (iv) occur. (c) CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT BEYOND NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. With respect to any Member who has reached his or her Retirement Date but continues to remain in Service through and beyond his or her Normal Retirement Age, payment of such Member's Retirement Benefit shall be suspended for each month the Member is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. Unless such Member elects to delay the payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, the payment of such Member's Retirement Benefit will commence in the form elected under Section 13 (except that if such Member does not make a valid election, the Member's Retirement Benefit will be paid as a fifty percent (50%) Qualified Joint Survivor Annuity) no later than the first day of the third month after the earlier of the events described in Section 14.2(a)(i) or (ii) occur. (d) NOTIFICATION OF SUSPENSION. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no Retirement Benefit payments shall be suspended under this Section 14.2 with respect to a Member who remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or who is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Normal Retirement Age unless the Plan Administrator provides a notice of suspension of benefits to the affected Member in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. ss.2530.203-3(b)(4). In the event that the Plan Administrator fails to comply with such notice of suspension requirements, the affected Member's Retirement Benefit as of his or her actual Retirement Date shall not be less than the greater of: (i) Such affected Member's Retirement Benefit as of his or her Normal Retirement Age including any additional Benefit Service accrued beginning after his or her Normal Retirement Age, as required under section 411(b)(1)(H) of the Code and provided under Section 14.2(g), and ending on the earlier of: (A) The last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the Plan Administrator provides such Member with such notice; or (B) Such Member's actual Retirement Date; or (ii) Such affected Member's Retirement Benefit as of his or her Normal Retirement Age actuarially adjusted for delayed payment beginning after his or her Normal Retirement Age and ending on the earlier of the dates specified under (i)(A) or (i)(B), above. (e) RULES RELATING TO SECTION 203(A)(3)(B) SERVICE. A Member who either remains in Service after his or her Normal Retirement Age or who is reemployed as an employee by the Company or an Affiliated Company (other than as a Retiree Coordinator) after his or her Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to have terminated Service for purposes of this Section 14.2 as of the first day of any month in which such Member is not employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service; provided, however, such Member will be deemed to be reemployed as of the first day of any subsequent month in which he or she is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 14.2 will apply. (f) LIMITATIONS ON BENEFIT SUSPENSION. If a Member terminates Service with the Company or an Affiliated Company but is reemployed as an employee after his or her 4 Required Beginning Date, then his or her monthly Retirement Benefit payments (if any) will continue and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 14.2 will not apply. In addition, if a Member remains in Service after his or her Required Beginning Date, then such Member will be deemed to have terminated Service for purposes of this Section 14.2 and Section 13.4(c) as of his or her Required Beginning Date and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 14.2 will not apply. (g) BENEFIT SERVICE BEYOND NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. A Member described in any of the preceding paragraphs under this Section 14.2 who either remains in Service as an Employee after his or her Normal Retirement Age or who is reemployed by the Company as an Employee after his or her Normal Retirement Age will be credited with a full month of Benefit Service for each calendar month in which he or she is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service or in which he or she otherwise has Service. However, any additional Retirement Benefit the Member would accrue as a result of being credited with Benefit Service under this Section 14.2(g), will be offset by the monthly Retirement Benefits previously distributed (if any) to the Member during any month in which such Member was employed Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service. (h) RETIREE COORDINATORS. If a Member terminates Service after his or her Retirement Date and is reemployed by the Company as a Retiree Coordinator, then he or she will continue to receive monthly Retirement Benefits (if any), and the benefit suspension provisions of this Section 14.2 will not apply. In addition, such Retiree Coordinator will not be entitled to accrue additional Benefit Service upon being reemployed by the Company as a Retiree Coordinator. * * * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed this _____ day of ____________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. By: _______________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources 5 EX-10 10 ex10-44.txt REVISED H.O. PENSION PLAN EXHIBIT 10.44 REVISED HOME OFFICE PENSION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AMENDMENT WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") has adopted the Revised Home Office Pension Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Plan"); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 20.1 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized to amend the Plan at any time and for any reason; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan's definition of "Final Average Compensation" to include partial Plan Year Compensation in instances where a Member's Final Average Compensation would otherwise be zero dollars ($0.00); and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and to delegate to certain other officers of the Company the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan; WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000 Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and such delegation not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendment herein is within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; and NOW THEREFORE, effective as of November 27, 2000, Section 2.28 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: "2.28 'FINAL AVERAGE COMPENSATION' means a Member's highest average annual Compensation for the five (5) consecutive Plan Years out of the ten (10) consecutive Plan Years immediately preceding the Member's Retirement Date or, if earlier, the date such Member terminates Service. For purposes of determining a Member's five (5) consecutive Plan Years, any Plan Year in which a Member does not receive a full year of Benefit Service shall be disregarded, including for purposes of determining such Member's five (5) consecutive Plan Years. If the Member has been employed with the Company or an Affiliated Company as of his or her Retirement Date or termination of Service, as applicable, for less than ten (10) consecutive Plan Years, such Member's Final Average Compensation will be computed based on the consecutive Plan Years (not in excess of five (5) Plan Years), subject to the limitation described above, in which his or her average annual Compensation was highest. In the event a Member's 'Final Average Compensation,' as computed under the preceding paragraph, would equal zero dollars ($0.00), then such Member's "Final Average Compensation" means his or her highest average monthly Compensation for the sixty (60) consecutive months out of the ten (10) consecutive Plan Years immediately preceding the Member's Retirement Date or, if earlier, the date such Member terminates Service. For purposes of determining a Member's sixty (60) consecutive months, any month in which he or she does not receive one-twelfth (1/12) of a year of Benefit Service shall be disregarded, including for purposes of determining such Member's sixty (60) consecutive months. If the Member has been employed with the Company or an Affiliated Company as of his or her Retirement Date or termination of Service, as applicable, for less than ten (10) consecutive Plan Years, such Member's Final Average Compensation will be computed based on the consecutive months (not in excess of sixty (60) months), subject to the limitation described above, in which his or her average monthly Compensation was highest." * * * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed this _____ day of ____________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. By: _______________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources EX-10 11 ex10-42.txt SENIOR EXEC. SEVERANCE PLAN EXHIBIT 10.42 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN 1. INTRODUCTION. Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Company") establishes the Senior Executive Severance Plan (the "Plan") effective as of July 1, 2000. The purpose of the Plan is to recognize the past service of Senior Executives whose employment is involuntarily terminated as set forth herein by providing Severance Payments. The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management and highly compensated employees that is intended to qualify for the exemptions provided in section 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and for the alternative reporting method provided in DOL Reg. ss.2520.104-23. This Plan supercedes all prior policies and practices of the Company with respect to severance or separation pay for Senior Executives whose employment is involuntarily terminated after June 30, 2000. This Plan is the only severance program for such Senior Executives. 2. DEFINITIONS. 2.1 "COMPANY" means Levi Strauss & Co. 2.2 "COMPENSATION" means a Senior Executive's regular base salary at the time of his or her termination. In addition, the term "Compensation" shall also include such Senior Executive's target bonus amount under the Annual Incentive Plan ("AIP") for the fiscal year in which the termination is announced to the Senior Executive. 2.3 "COMPARABLE POSITION" means a position that has been determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, to be substantially similar to the Employee's original position in terms of pay, benefits, working conditions and geographic location. 2.4 "EMPLOYEE" means a common-law employee of the Company on the Home Office Payroll, including an employee classified by the Company as a U.S. expatriate employee, who is not subject to the overtime provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, and who is paid through the Company's regular payroll system, and who has not signed an agreement that he or she is not entitled to benefits from the Company. 2.5 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 2.6 "GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT" means a legally binding document in which an Employee waives any and all claims against the Company related to his or her employment or separation from employment. Whether or not an Employee chooses to sign the General Release Agreement is completely at his or her discretion. 2.7 "PLAN" means the Levi Strauss & Co. Senior Executive Severance Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended. 1 2.8 "SENIOR EXECUTIVE" means an Employee whose position is classified under Band A, B, C or D in the Company's World-Wide Executive Compensation Plan. 2.9 "SEVERANCE PAYMENT(S)" means payment of Severance Pay or Enhanced Severance Pay Compensation continuation to an eligible Senior Executive pursuant to Section 4 on account of the termination of his or her employment with the Company. 2.10 "TERMINATION DATE" means the last day upon which a Senior Execu- tive is actively employed with the Company. 3. ELIGIBILITY FOR SEVERANCE PAYMENTS. 3.1 GENERAL ELIGIBILITY. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a Senior Executive is entitled to a Severance Payment under the Plan only if his or her employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated by action of the Company after June 30, 2000, on account of a reduction in force, layoff, position elimination, or because the Company has determined, in its sole discretion, that his or her services are no longer required. 3.2 EXCLUSIONS. A Senior Executive is not eligible for a Severance Payment if he or she: (a) Voluntarily resigns before his or her last day of active employment as designated by the Company, even if he or she received advance notice of his or her involuntary termination; (b) Is terminated because of failure to return from an approved leave of absence; (c) Resigns or is involuntarily terminated because the Company has determined that he or she violated any policy, procedure or rule of the Company, engaged in dishonest or wrongful conduct, committed any crime or performed his or her duties in an unacceptable manner; (d) Resigns or is terminated after declining to accept an offer of a Comparable Position with the Company; (e) Has an individual written agreement with the Company that provides for any form of severance, separation, or special retirement program. 3.3 CERTAIN CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. Unless, and only to the extent, expressly authorized by the Company or set forth in this Plan, no Severance Payment is payable under the Plan to an Employee in the event of the sale or other disposition of the Company, any affiliate or any assets or stock of either, if the Employee (i) continues to be employed by the Company, its successor or an affiliate on or after the date of such sale or other disposition, (ii) is offered a Comparable Position with the acquiring entity or any of its affiliates, or (iii) is offered a Comparable Position with an entity that was an affiliate of the Company immediately prior to the sale or other disposition. 2 4. AMOUNT AND FORM OF SEVERANCE PAYMENTS. 4.1 PAYMENT AMOUNT. An eligible Senior Executive shall be entitled to receive the following Severance Payments: (a) SEVERANCE PAY: Subject to Section 4.2, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, an eligible Senior Executive will continue to receive his or her BASE SALARY for a period of two (2) weeks beginning on the date he or she is notified that his or her employment is terminated. If the Company requests, the eligible Senior Executive will remain in his or her position during this two (2) week period. (b) ENHANCED SEVERANCE PAY: In exchange for providing the Company a valid General Release Agreement in accordance with Section 4.5, in a form acceptable to the Company, in addition to payments under Section 4.1 (a), and subject to Section 4.2, following the Termination Date, an eligible Senior Executive will receive payments either in installments on the same payment schedule and in the same amount as the Senior Executive's Compensation or in a lump sum, solely at the discretion of the Company, in accordance with the following schedule (COMPENSATION EQUALS BASE SALARY PLUS ANNUAL BONUS AT TARGET, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2.2.): BAND A 104 weeks' Compensation BAND B 52 weeks' Compensation BAND C 26 weeks' Compensation, PLUS two weeks Compensation times the number of his or her Years of Service in excess of 5, subject to a maximum combined limit of 52 weeks' Compensation. BAND D 26 weeks' Compensation, PLUS two weeks Compensation times the number of his or her Years of Service in excess of 5, subject to a maximum combined limit of 52 weeks' Compensation. A "Year of Service" for purposes of this Section is a twelve-month period of employment beginning on the later of the Senior Executive's date of hire or most recent date of rehire. Years of Service are calculated in full twelve month periods with no credit for partial years. 4.2 CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON SEVERANCE PAYMENTS. (a) All Enhanced Severance Pay under Section 4.1(b) is specifically conditioned upon the Senior Executive's execution of a General Release Agreement at a time and in a manner to be determined by the Company. Under no circumstances will any Enhanced Severance Pay be made to a Senior Executive who elects not to sign a General Release Agreement. (b) A Senior Executive who receives consulting fees from the Company following his or her Termination Date is not eligible for Severance Payments. 3 (c) Severance Payments are in lieu of payments under any other severance plan, program or arrangement of or with the Company. (d) A Senior Executive is not eligible for Severance Payments if the Company determines that he or she: (1) has solicited any employee or consultant of the Company to leave employment with the Company to accept employment with any other person, company or partner- ship; (2) at any time discloses without the Company's written permission any confidential or proprietary information that the Senior Executive has learned as a result of his or her employment with the Company and was not previously available in the public domain; or (3) at any time during the two-year period beginning on his or her last day of active employment with the Company performs work, as an employee or a consultant, for any person, company or partnership that is a direct competitor of the Company, including, but not limited to VF Corp., Haggar, Farah, Tommy Hilfiger, Calvin Klein, Guess, Bugle Boy, Ralph Lauren/Polo and The Gap. To the extent permitted by law, if the Company determines that the Senior Executive has engaged in any of these activities, it will immediately cease any unpaid Severance Payments and it will have the right to seek repayment of any such payments that have already been made. 4.3 FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT. (a) Severance Payments shall be made in such form as the Plan Administrator may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) If a Senior Executive dies before Severance Payments are completed, any remaining Severance Payments will be made to the Senior Executive's estate. (c) Payment to a Senior Executive of any unpaid Severance Payments will cease immediately upon his or her re-employment by the Company. 4.4 PLANT SHUT-DOWN OR MASS LAYOFF. If the Senior Executive is laid off or discharged because of a plant shut-down or mass layoff to which the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notice Act of 1988 ("WARN") applies, Severance Payments shall not be available, except as provided in this subsection. The Company shall provide notice of termination of employment, or pay in lieu of notice, or a combination of notice and pay in lieu of notice in 4 accordance with the provisions of WARN. The amount of Severance Payments to which the Senior Executive is entitled under the Plan shall be determined by subtracting the number of days' pay in lieu of notice he or she receives pursuant to WARN from the amount of Severance Payments to which he or she would be otherwise entitled under this Section 4. If the pay in lieu of notice under WARN exceeds that Severance Payment amount the Senior Executive will be entitled to no Severance Payments under this Plan. 4.5 GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT. The applicable General Release Agreement shall be furnished to an eligible Senior Executive along with a written explanation regarding that General Release Agreement. It is completely within the eligible Senior Executive's own discretion as to whether he or she elects to sign the applicable General Release Agreement. An eligible Senior Executive is encouraged to review the applicable General Release Agreement with his or her personal attorney at his or her own expense, if he or she so desires. In order to receive Enhanced Severance Pay under Section 4.1(b), an eligible Senior Executive must sign, date and return the applicable General Release Agreement to the Company within forty-five (45) days from the date he or she receives the applicable General Release Agreement or as of the date such Senior Executive separates from employment with the Company and is no longer on the Company payroll, whichever is later. If an eligible Senior Executive elects to sign the applicable General Release Agreement, he or she then has seven (7) days from the date of such signing to revoke the signed General Release Agreement. Any such revocation must be in writing and must be received by the Company or its designee within the seven (7) day revocation period. If an eligible Senior Executive elects to revoke his or her signed General Release Agreement, such Senior Executive shall not receive any Enhanced Severance Pay. 5. OTHER BENEFITS. An eligible Senior Executive who receives a Severance Payment will also receive the following benefits: (a) If a Senior Executive and/or his or her covered dependents elect(s) to receive medical coverage continuation through Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA"), the Company will pay the same percentage of the monthly cost of his or her COBRA medical coverage as it paid for Senior Executive's medical coverage during his or her active employment for the duration of the Senior Executive's severance payment period under Section 4.1 above, up to a maximum coverage period of 18 months. 5 During the Company-Subsidized Coverage Period, Senior Executive will be responsible for payment of the remainder of the cost of his or her COBRA medical coverage and for the full cost of any dental or vision coverage elected by the Senior Executive. All periods of Company-Subsidized Coverage are counted toward the 18-month COBRA entitlement. After the Company-Subsidized Coverage Period ends, the Senior Executive will be responsible for payment of his or her entire COBRA premium. Continuation of COBRA coverage will not extend beyond the date on which a terminated Senior Executive becomes eligible for coverage under another group health plan unless the new plan has a pre-existing condition limitation or the Senior Executive is entitled to Medicare. (b) The Company will pay the cost of premiums under its standard basic life insurance program of $10,000 in accordance with the COBRA provisions set forth in subsection (a) above. (c) If a Senior Executive retires and becomes covered by Company retiree health benefits, the Company will subsidize retiree medical coverage in accordance with the COBRA provisions set forth in subsection (a) above. (d) The Company will provide Senior Executive with career counseling and transition services as selected by the Company. (e) If Senior Executive has been employed by the Company at least one fiscal quarter in the fiscal year of such Senior Executive's Termination Date, the Senior Executive shall be entitled to a payment under the AIP for that fiscal year based on the Senior Executive's actual performance during such fiscal year, pro-rated to reflect the portion of the fiscal year actually worked by the Senior Executive 6. WITHHOLDING. The Company will withhold from all Severance Payments all required federal, state, local and other taxes and any other payroll deductions required. 7. ADMINISTRATION. The Company has the sole and unlimited discretion to interpret the terms of the Plan and to make all determinations about eligibility and payment of benefits. All decisions of the Company, any action taken by the Company with respect to the Plan and within the powers granted to the Company under the Plan, and any interpretation by the Company of any term or condition of the Plan, are conclusive and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. The Company may delegate and reallocate any authority and responsibility with respect to the Plan. 8. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Company reserves the right, in its sole and unlimited discretion, to amend or terminate the Plan at any time by action of the Company's Chief Executive Officer without prior notice to any Senior Executive. 6 9. CLAIMS PROCEDURE. Any person who believes he or she is entitled to any payment under the Plan may submit a claim in writing to the Company. Any such claim should be sent to the Health & Welfare Plans Administrative Committee, c/o Levi Strauss & Co., P.O. Box 7215, San Francisco, CA 94120, Attention: Steve Epstein. If the claim is denied (either in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice will describe any additional information needed to support the claim. The denial notice will be provided within 90 days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to 90 days), written notice of the extension will be given within the initial 90-day period. 10. APPEAL PROCEDURE. If a claimant's claim is denied, the claimant may apply in writing to the Company for a review of the decision denying the claim. The claimant then has the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. The Company will provide written notice of its decision on review within 60 days after it receives a review request. If additional time (up to 60 days) is needed to review the request, the claimant will be given written notice of the reason for the delay. 11. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS. All Severance Payments will be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company; no separate fund will be established under the Plan; and the Plan will have no assets. Any right of any person to receive any payment under the Plan will be no greater than the right of any other unsecured creditor of the Company. 12. INALIENABILITY. In no event may any Senior Executive sell, transfer, anticipate, assign or otherwise dispose of any right or interest under the Plan. At no time will any such right or interest be subject to the claims of creditors nor liable to attachment, execution or other legal process. 13. RECOVERY OF PAYMENTS MADE BY MISTAKE. An eligible Senior Executive shall be required to return to the Company any Severance Payment, or portion thereof, made by a mistake of fact or law. 14. NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. Neither the establishment or maintenance of the Plan, the payment of any amount by the Company nor any action of the Company shall confer upon any individual any right to be continued as an Employee nor any right or interest in the Plan other than as provided in the Plan. Other than an Employee who has a written agreement to the contrary signed by the President, Chief Executive Officer or a Senior Vice President of the Company, every Employee is an employee-at-will whose employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Employee at any time with or without cause and with no notice. 15. APPLICABLE LAW. The provisions of the Plan will be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the State of California. 7 16. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included. 17. EXECUTION. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Levi Strauss & Co., by its duly authorized officer, has executed the Plan on the date indicated below. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. By: ----------------------------------- Its: ----------------------------------- Dated: ----------------------------------- 8 EX-10 12 ex10-54.txt ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN EXHIBIT 10.54 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN (AIP) Originally Effective as of 1995 Fiscal Year Restatement Effective as of 2002 Fiscal Year TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE ABOUT THIS MATERIAL...........................................................1 ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN.........................................................2 PURPOSE OF PLAN...............................................................2 EFFECTIVE DATE................................................................2 PLAN ADMINISTRATION...........................................................2 ELIGIBILITY...................................................................3 PERFORMANCE PERIOD............................................................3 TARGET AMOUNTS FOR PARTICIPANTS...............................................3 INCENTIVE POOL FUNDING SOURCES................................................4 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT.............................................4 INCENTIVE POOLS PERFORMANCE FACTOR............................................5 REDISTRIBUTION OF FINAL INCENTIVE POOLS.......................................5 INCENTIVE POOL APPROVAL.......................................................5 PARTICIPANT INCENTIVE ALLOCATIONS.............................................5 INCENTIVE PAYMENTS............................................................6 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.....................................................6 EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.............................................................6 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, OR TERMINATION OF PLAN...............................7 EXECUTION.....................................................................7 APPENDIX ONE: GLOSSARY OF TERMS..............................................8 ABOUT THIS MATERIAL This document is the official document for and describes how the Levi Strauss & Co. Annual Incentive Plan (the "Plan") works. It explains: > Purpose of the Plan; > Who administers the Plan; > Who is eligible to receive incentives; > How incentive targets are set; > How funds for incentives are generated; > How the amount of a Participant's incentive is determined; > When incentives are paid; and > What happens in the event of termination of employment. For more specific information on how the Plan works, please refer to the Plan Administrative Guidelines. In the event of any inconsistency between this Plan document and the Plan Administrative Guidelines, this Plan document shall control. This material also refers to other compensation and human resources programs. While this Plan may be used as a stand alone reference document, a broader understanding of all the Company compensation programs and the Performance Management program will provide important perspective. 1 ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN The Levi Strauss & Co. Annual Incentive Plan (the "Plan") rewards individual achievement of results toward Levi Strauss & Co.'s (the "Company's") objectives for the particular year. The amount of incentive earned depends on the financial performance of the Company and the performance of the individual Participant. PURPOSE OF PLAN > Serves as a single Plan covering salaried employees worldwide who participate in the formal corporate performance management program. > Aligns employee and shareholder interests. > Provides a financial incentive for meeting annual corporate and individual objectives. > Provides managers with the ability to recognize and reward key contributors and reinforce the Performance Management program. > Ties the incentive opportunity to external competitive practices, and internally to the Company's total compensation objectives. > Encourages continuity of service. EFFECTIVE DATE The original Plan was effective in December, 1994, on the first day of the 1995 fiscal year, as determined for the appropriate corporate entity. The Plan was subsequently amended on several occasions and is hereby restated and amended in its entirety effective December 2001, as of the first day of the 2002 fiscal year, as determined for the appropriate corporate entity. PLAN ADMINISTRATION The Plan is administered under the direction of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Committee"). The Committee has exclusive authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to take any and all action necessary or appropriate to administer and interpret the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the right to take all actions, gather all information, and make all decisions concerning the eligibility for and amount payable under the Plan, and to resolve and/or clarify any ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions that may arise under the Plan. The Committee's determinations and interpretations shall be conclusive and binding on all individuals. Responsibilities include (but are not limited to) the following: > Design and interpret the Plan (including ambiguous terms); 2 > Approve incentive participation rates; > Approve financial performance measures; > Approve incentive pool funding sources and weights; > Approve Company financial objectives; > Approve final incentive pool; and > Approve other terms and conditions that may be recommended by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. The Committee may delegate its day-to-day administrative responsibilities to Company employees and may delegate to Company management the authority to approve amendments to the Plan. ELIGIBILITY Generally, salaried employees worldwide who participate in the formal performance management program and who meet local eligibility criteria are Participants in the Plan. Specific participation criteria are determined on a country-by-country basis. Individuals who are classified as Agency Workers, consultants (regardless of whether or not such classification is binding), or Reclassified Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan. PERFORMANCE PERIOD The Plan operates on a twelve (12) month cycle which coincides with the Company's fiscal year. TARGET AMOUNTS FOR PARTICIPANTS Incentive Target Amounts are generally set near the beginning of each fiscal year for each Participant. The annual Target Amount for each Participant is determined by multiplying the Participant's annual base salary in effect for the Plan's fiscal year by the Participation Rate. The Participation Rate is based on the Participant's job level and is expressed as a percent of annual base salary. The Participation Rates are generally reviewed and may be modified on an annual basis. Target Amounts are calculated in local currency. 3 INCENTIVE POOL FUNDING SOURCES The source of funds for Business Unit Incentive Pools is based on the actual financial performance of one or more of the following levels, including: -- Total Company (LS&CO.) -- Triad (LSA, LSEMA, APD) -- Business Unit (e.g. Affiliate) Senior management generally reviews the funding sources and their relative weights before the start of each fiscal year. Following is a framework intended solely as a guideline for possible weights for each funding source: EXAMPLES OF INCENTIVE POOL FUNDING WEIGHTS ________________________________________________________________________________ BONUS FUNDING MIX BY PERCENT ________________________________________________________________________________ BUSINESS TRIAD LS&CO. ________________________________________________________________________________ WORLD-WIDE LEADERSHIP TEAM ________________________________________________________________________________ o Function Head 100 ________________________________________________________________________________ o Triad President 70 30 ________________________________________________________________________________ GLOBAL 100 ________________________________________________________________________________ TRIAD STAFF 70 30 ________________________________________________________________________________ BUSINESS UNIT ________________________________________________________________________________ o LSA/LSEMA 70 30 ________________________________________________________________________________ o APD 80 20 ________________________________________________________________________________ o ACFR 70(LSA) 20 (APD) 10(LSEMA) ________________________________________________________________________________ FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT The Committee approves the financial measures that are used to determine the objectives and assess the performance of each funding source. > Performance is measured based on earnings and revenue. > The Earnings and Revenue financial performance objectives are approved by the Committee before the fiscal year begins. > For purposes of determining the final incentive pool, the actual performance of each funding source is expressed as a percent of financial target achieved. This percentage is known as the Performance Factor. 4 INCENTIVE POOLS PERFORMANCE FACTOR After the end of the fiscal year a Performance Factor is determined for each funding source. The Performance Factor is a percentage based on the financial performance of each funding source against its financial target. The performance factor ranges from zero to two hundred percent (0-200%). Financial performance that exceeds the minimum objectives at each funding source generates a Performance Factor starting at one percent (1%). The Performance Factor increases as the financial performance objective is achieved and exceeded. If performance at all funding sources is below minimum objectives, the Performance Factor is zero percent (0%) and, therefore, a final incentive pool is not generated. For Business Units with more than one funding source, a weighted average of the Performance Factors at each funding source is calculated. The weighted average is based on the funding weights established at the beginning of the year. After the end of the fiscal year, a Funded Amount is determined for each Participant. The Funded Amount is determined by multiplying the Performance Factor by the Participant's Target Amount. A final incentive pool for each Business Unit is determined after the end of the fiscal year. A Business Unit's final incentive pool is the sum of the Funded Amounts for each Participant within the Business Unit. REDISTRIBUTION OF FINAL INCENTIVE POOLS After the final incentive pools have been determined, members of the Worldwide Leadership Team ("WLT"), may redistribute funds from one pool to another. INCENTIVE POOL APPROVAL The Chief Executive Officer recommends the final incentive pool after the end of the fiscal year for Committee approval. PARTICIPANT INCENTIVE ALLOCATIONS Incentive allocations to Participants in the Plan are determined by the head of the Participant's work group, based on individual performance. If a Participant meets performance expectations (as determined in the Performance Management program), then he or she will be eligible to receive an individual incentive allocation. If a Participant does not meet performance expectations (as determined in the Performance Management program), no incentive is paid. Any money budgeted for those incentives is 5 added back to the Business Unit's Final Incentive Pool making it available for other Participants in the Business Unit. Individual incentive allocations are allocated to a Participant based on annual results as measured against the employee's annual objectives, established at the beginning of the performance year and contributions relative to others. Individual incentive allocations are reviewed and approved by the Participant's manager and a WLT member. The limit to incentive awards is limited to the Business Unit's Final Incentive Pool. The total of funds allocated to a Participant is the Final Incentive Amount. INCENTIVE PAYMENTS Incentive payments are made as soon as administratively practicable after the close of the fiscal year. The Committee approves the fiscal year-end results which fund the Plan and the final incentive pool. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT In the case of termination due to death, Retirement, Reduction in Force, severance under a LS&CO. severance plan, or Long-Term Disability, the Participant's incentive Target Amount shall be prorated for the length of time worked during the fiscal year. Any earned incentive shall be paid in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the close of the fiscal year, or in compliance with applicable law. As one of the objectives of the Plan is to encourage continuity of service, in all other cases of termination before the payment date (including voluntary resignation or Involuntary Discharge), a Participant shall have no right to any incentive payment under AIP. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS Neither this document nor the existence of the Plan is intended to or does imply any promise of continued employment by the Company. Employment may be terminated with or without cause, and with or without notice, at any time, for any reason, at the option of the Company or the employee. No one other than the Board of Directors of the Company, Chief Executive Officer, President or a Senior Vice President of LS&CO. may approve an agreement with an employee that guarantees his or her employment. Such an agreement must be in writing and signed by such an authorized individual. A Participant who has been Involuntarily Discharged may lose all of his or her interest, including any right, under the Plan and may not be entitled to receive any payment under the Plan. 6 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, OR TERMINATION OF PLAN The Committee or its authorized designee(s) may modify, amend, or terminate the Plan at any time for any reason, at its discretion and without notice. EXECUTION To record the restatement of the Plan, effective as of December 1, 2001, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this document as of this 14th day of January 2002. Levi Strauss & Co. By: _________________________________ Fred Paulenich Date: JANUARY 14, 2002 7 APPENDIX ONE: GLOSSARY OF TERMS > Agency Workers: individuals who are employed pursuant to a written agreement with an agency or other third party for a specific job assignment or project. > Allocation: the process of distributing funds from the final AIP pool to Participants. > Business Unit: Sub-group of a Triad, e.g. Affiliate or regional office, such as a customer fulfillment region (CFR). > Committee: Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Levi Strauss & Co. > Company: Levi Strauss & Co. and its participating subsidiaries. > Consultants: individuals (who may also be referred to as independent contractors) who have specialized knowledge or special skills and are retained to provide advice or assistance to the Company and who are not employees of the Company. > Final Incentive Amount: the approved payout, to a Participant. > Financial Performance Measures: the business objectives set for each Funding Source for the purpose of determining the final Incentive Pool. The Committee identifies which measures are to be used and establishes the specific objectives to be used each year. > Funded Amount: an amount generated to pay incentives based on the Participant's Target Amount and a forecast of business performance. The Funded Amount is calculated by multiplying a Participant's Target Amount by the Performance Factor. > Funding Source: the organizational unit(s) used to set and measure financial objectives for purposes of determining the size of the final AIP allocation pools (e.g. Total Company, Triad, Business Unit). > Incentive Pool: the sum of the Funded Amounts for each Participant within the Work Group, determined after the close of the fiscal year. > Involuntary Discharge: an involuntary termination of employment due to violation of policy, misconduct, unsatisfactory job performance or any other reason deemed by the Company to warrant a discharge. > Long-Term Disability: an authorized leave of absence for an extended period of time due to a disability and pursuant to the Company's long-term disability policy as then in effect. > Participant: a salaried employee who meets the participation criteria of the Plan. > Participation Criteria: determined on a country-by-country basis. 8 > Participation Rate: the percentage used to determine a Participant's incentive Target Amount. A Participation Rate is based on the Participant's job level and is expressed as a percent of annual base salary. > Performance Factor: the percentage used to describe the degree to which actual financial performance has met, exceeded, or fallen short of objectives. The Performance Factor is used to determine the final AIP pool. > Performance Management Program: the program in which performance objectives are set and measured for individual employees. > Plan: Levi Strauss & Co. Annual Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time. > Reclassified Employees: common law employees who were not initially classified by the Company as employees but who were subsequently reclassified as employees by a federal, state or local group, organization or agency, or a court. > Reduction in Force: an involuntary termination of employment which in the opinion of the Committee, results from the lack of appropriate work for the Participant and is not an Involuntary Discharge for the reasons of unacceptable performance or misconduct. > Retirement: a voluntary termination of employment by an employee who meets the age and/or service requirement as defined and determined under the pension plan applicable to the Participant. > Revenue: Net Sales, after customer returns. > Target Amount: set near the beginning of the fiscal year. It is calculated by multiplying the annual base salary in effect for the Plan's fiscal year by the Participation Rate. Target Amounts are calculated in local currency. > Triad: One of LS&CO.'s three regional divisions - Asia Pacific Division (APD), Levi Strauss, Americas (LSA), Levi Strauss, Europe, Middle East & Africa (LSEMA). 9 EX-10 13 ex10-53.txt CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN (AMENDMENTS) EXHIBIT 10.53 CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AMENDMENTS WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") maintains the Capital Accumulation Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Plan"); and WHEREAS, the Plan provides that the Company may amend the Plan at any time and for any reason, in whole or in part, including the existence, timing or amount of the Company matching contribution thereunder; and WHEREAS, effective as of November 26, 2001, the Company desires to amend the Plan to replace the current 75% matching contribution with a discretionary matching contribution that: (1) shall be based solely on existing or anticipated company performance and financial or economic conditions; (2) shall be conditioned upon a Plan participant being employed with the Company and maintaining a Plan Account as of the last day of the Plan Year to which the matching contribution relates; (3) shall be applicable only with respect to participant contributions made to the Plan on or after the date a participant completes at least one year of service with the Company; AND (4) to the extent the Company provides for a discretionary matching contribution for any Plan Year, shall be payable to an eligible participant's Plan Account following the close of that Plan Year and as soon as reasonably practicable after the date the Company determines the amount of such matching contribution; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of LS&CO. authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and to further delegate the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan; and WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendments herein are within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; NOW THEREFORE, effective as of November 26, 2001, the Plan is hereby amended and restated, in its entirety, as set forth in the Exhibit attached hereto. * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LS&CO. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this _______ day of ________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. __________________________________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources EX-10 14 ex10-52.txt CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN (BOOKLET) EXHIBIT 10.52 CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE NOVEMBER 26, 2001) PLAN DOCUMENT AND EMPLOYEE BOOKLET __________________ CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE NOVEMBER 26, 2001) PLAN DOCUMENT AND EMPLOYEE BOOKLET INTRODUCTION Beginning in 1996, Levi Strauss & Co. ("LS&CO.") established the Capital Accumulation Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Plan"). The Plan provides a vehicle by which certain eligible employees of LS&CO. or its subsidiaries that participate under the Employee Investment Plan (the "EIP") (collectively, the "Company") can supplement their retirement savings by contributing a portion of their eligible compensation through after-tax payroll deduction upon reaching the maximum contribution amount allowed under the EIP. Eligible after-tax contributions under the Plan are deposited into an individual retail brokerage account offered by Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (the "Account"), which must be established through LS&CO. In addition, after completing one year of service with the Company, each eligible employee who contributes under the Plan through after-tax payroll deduction may be eligible to receive a Company matching contribution in his or her Account. The benefits and other provisions described in this Plan Document and Employee Booklet are effective only if you are eligible to participate and become a participant in the Plan. THE COMPANY DOES NOT ENDORSE, RECOMMEND OR GUARANTEE ANY INVESTMENT OR SERVICE OFFERED, PROVIDED OR PROMISED BY CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC. ("CHARLES SCHWAB") OR ANY OTHER OFFEROR OF INVESTMENTS. BECAUSE THE ACCOUNT IS A REGULAR INDIVIDUAL RETAIL BROKERAGE ACCOUNT, YOU ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR SELECTING AND MONITORING YOUR INVESTMENT CHOICES, PAYING RELATED COMMISSIONS AND CHARGES, AND FOR INVESTMENT RESULTS FROM PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN. COMPANY INVOLVEMENT IS LIMITED TO ESTABLISHING YOUR AFTER-TAX PAYROLL DEDUCTION, AND DETERMINING AND MAKING THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION, IF ANY. ALL FUNDS CONTRIBUTED BY YOU AND THE COMPANY UNDER THE PLAN ARE DEPOSITED INTO YOUR ACCOUNT. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY TRUST HOLDS ANY OF THESE FUNDS. WHO IS ELIGIBLE TO During any "Plan Year," as defined below, you PARTICIPATE IN THE are eligible to participate in the Plan if you are PLAN? currently employed by the Company and meet ALL of the following requirements: [ ] You are eligible to participate and elected to participate in the EIP during the Plan Year; and [ ] With respect to the EIP: (1) You contributed the maximum amount permitted under the EIP during the Plan Year. For example, for the Plan Year ending in November 2002, the maximum amount that you could contribute to the EIP was $17,000; however, this will increase to $20,000 for the Plan Year ending in November 2003; or (2) You received your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount of pre-tax contribu- tions permitted under the EIP during the calendar year. For example, for the calendar year ending in December 2002, the maximum amount of pre-tax contributions that you could contribute to the EIP was $11,000. The "Plan Year" for the Plan is LS&CO.'s fiscal year, which ends on the last Sunday of each November. HOW CAN I ENROLL IN If you are eligible to participate in the Plan and THE PLAN? have an existing Account, then you will be automatically enrolled in the Plan. In the event that you do not have an existing Account, you must submit a completed and signed "Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. account application form" to U.S. Retirement Benefits (and NOT to Charles Schwab) to enroll in the Plan. Please send the form to: Levi Strauss & Co., U.S. Retirement Benefits, 1155 Battery Street KO/1, San Francisco, CA 94111. WHEN WILL I BECOME A If you are eligible to participate and become PARTICIPANT? enrolled in the Plan, you will become a participant in the Plan as of the date on which your after-tax contributions are credited to your Account. If you properly set up your Account by the pay period in which you contributed the maximum amount under the EIP, your after-tax contributions through payroll will begin to be credited to your Account as of the following pay period. If you do not have an existing Account at the time you become eligible, your after-tax contributions will usually begin to be credited to your Account within three or four weeks after your Account is established. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW, YOU WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO MAKE ANY RETROACTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN. HOW LONG CAN I You can continue to participate in the Plan PARTICIPATE IN THE through the last pay period in December of each PLAN? year, provided that you continue to be paid on the Home Office payroll of LS&CO. through such date. If you cease being paid on the Home Office payroll before such date, then your participation under the Plan will cease as of the last pay period in which you are paid on the Home Office payroll of LS&CO. EXAMPLE. JEAN IS PAID ON THE HOME OFFICE PAYROLL OF LS&CO. DURING THE 2002 AND 2003 PLAN YEARS. JEAN PARTICIPATED IN THE EIP DURING THE 2002 PLAN YEAR AND CONTRIBUTED 10% OF HER EIP COVERED COMPENSATION. IN THE FIRST PAY PERIOD OF APRIL 2002, JEAN REACHED THE MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION AMOUNT UNDER THE EIP FOR THAT PLAN YEAR (I.E., $17,000) AND HAD AN EXISTING ACCOUNT. BEGINNING WITH THE NEXT PAY PERIOD OF APRIL 2002, SHE BECAME A PARTICIPANT IN THE PLAN. JEAN MAY CONTINUE PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN UNTIL THE LAST PAY PERIOD IN DECEMBER 2002. AS OF THE FIRST PAY PERIOD IN JANUARY 2003, JEAN WILL AGAIN BE ELIGIBLE TO MAKE PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE EIP. IF JEAN CONTRIBUTES THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT PERMITTED UNDER THE EIP DURING 2003, SHE WILL AGAIN BECOME ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE PLAN THROUGH THE LAST PAY PERIOD IN DECEMBER 2003. If you cease being paid on the Home Office payroll while you participate in the Plan, you will not be permitted to make any additional contributions to the Plan through payroll deduction and you may not be entitled to receive the Company match. However, if you resume being paid on the Home Office payroll before the last pay period of December in the year in which you participated in the Plan and have an existing Account, then you will be eligible to recommence your participation in the Plan. If you do not have an existing Account when you resume being paid on Home Office payroll, then you will be eligible to recommence your participation in the Plan as of the first pay period after you reestablish your Account. Please note that your after-tax contributions to your Account will usually restart within three or four weeks after your Account is reestablished. AGAIN, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW, PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO MAKE ANY RETROACTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you become a participant in the Plan solely because you received your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount of pre-tax contributions permitted under the EIP during the Plan Year, your participation in the Plan will terminate immediately as of the date your one-time make-up contribution is credited to your Account, in accordance with the Section entitled "BESIDES PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS, IS THERE ANY OTHER WAY TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE PLAN?" However, you will be eligible to recommence your participation in the Plan during such Plan Year, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, if you contribute the maximum amount permitted under the EIP during such Plan Year. HOW MUCH MAY I You may contribute up to 10% (in 1% increments) CONTRIBUTE TO THE of your "covered compensation," as defined below, PLAN DURING EACH PAY to your Account during each pay period that you are PERIOD? eligible to participate in the Plan. Unless you specify otherwise, your CAP contribution percentage will be the percentage you elected under the EIP (up to 10%). If your covered compensation increases during the year, the amount of your payroll deduction to the Plan will also increase because your deduction is based on your designated contribution percentage. Likewise, if your covered compensation decreases during the year, the amount of your payroll deduction to the Plan will also decrease. "Covered compensation" means your base salary and AIP bonus, including deferrals of such amounts under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives. CAN I CHANGE MY You may increase (up to 10%), decrease, or stop your PAYROLL DEDUCTION? payroll deductions to the Plan at any time. Your request will become effective as soon as practicable following the date you submit your request. Generally, your request will take at least two pay periods to become effective. WHAT HAPPENS TO MY The amount deducted from your paycheck, along with PAYROLL DEDUCTION? the Company match, if any, will be sent to Charles Schwab and automatically deposited into a money market fund in your Account. You may then contact Charles Schwab directly to request that your funds be redirected to other investments offered through Charles Schwab. BESIDES PAYROLL Generally, you are permitted to contribute up to 10% DEDUCTIONS, IS THERE of your covered compensation to your Account only ANY OTHER WAY TO through payroll deductions. However, there are three CONTRIBUTE TO THE important exceptions to this general rule. PLAN? [ ] You may transfer funds from non-payroll sources to your Account at any time by sending a hand- drawn personal check directly to Charles Schwab and NOT to the Company. Because you own your Account, you are permitted to make these contributions to your Account at any time. HOWEVER, SUCH OUTSIDE FUNDS WILL NOT BE ELIGIBLE FOR ANY COMPANY MATCH. [ ] If you receive your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount permitted under the EIP, then you will be permitted to do a one-time "make-up" to do a one-time "make-up" contribution to your Account by either submitting a hand-drawn personal check to U.S. Retirement Benefits or, to the extent permitted by the Company, by automatic payroll deduction, PROVIDED that you have an existing Account AND, if applicable, U.S. Retirement Benefits receives your check no later than 30 days after it sends you notification of your right to do such make-up contribution. Your maximum AIP make-up contribution will be limited to 10% of that portion of your AIP bonus (including AIP deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives) that cannot be taken into account as covered compensation under the EIP. If you have completed one year of service with the Company, your eligible AIP make-up contribution may be eligible for the Company match; however, appropriate taxes will be withheld from the Company match. SEE SECTION, BELOW, ENTITLED "WHAT IS THE AMOUNT OF THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION?" EXAMPLE. CHRIS PARTICIPATED IN THE EIP DURING THE 2002 PLAN YEAR AND ELECTED TO CONTRIBUTE 10% OF HIS EIP COVERED COMPENSATION. BY THE FIRST PAY PERIOD OF FEBRUARY 2002, HE HAD CONTRIBUTED $16,500 TO THE EIP. IN THAT SAME PAY PERIOD, CHRIS RECEIVED HIS AIP BONUS OF $60,000. ONLY $5,000 OF CHRIS' $60,000 AIP BONUS WAS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT AS COVERED COMPENSATION UNDER THE EIP BECAUSE HE REACHED THE EIP'S $17,000 MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION LIMIT FOR 2002. THIS IS THE CASE BECAUSE 10% OF $5,000 IS $500, WHICH IS THE AMOUNT HE NEEDED TO REACH THE $17,000 LIMIT. THUS, ASSUMING THAT CHRIS BECOMES A PARTICIPANT IN THE PLAN AS OF THE SECOND PAY PERIOD OF EBRUARY 2002, HE WILL BE PERMITTED TO DO A MAKE-UP CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN UP TO $5,500 (I.E., $55,000 X 10%). IF CHRIS HAD COMPLETED ONE YEAR OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY AS OF THE DATE HE BECAME A PARTICIPANT IN FEBRUARY 2002, THIS $5,500 CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR THE COMPANY MATCH. [ ] If you received your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount of pre-tax contributions permitted under the EIP, then you will be permitted to do a one-time "make-up" contribution to your Account by either submitting a hand-drawn personal check to U.S. Retirement Benefits or, to the extent permitted by the Company, by automatic payroll deduction, PROVIDED that you have an existing Account AND, if applicable, U.S. Retirement Benefits receives your check no later than 30 days after it sends you notification of your right to do such make-up contribution. Your maximum AIP make-up contribution will be limited to 10% of that portion of your AIP bonus (EXCLUDING AIP deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives) that could not be taken into account as covered compensation under the EIP for purposes of after-tax contributions. If you have completed one year of service with the Company, your eligible AIP make-up contribution may also be eligible to receive the Company match; however, appropriate taxes will be withheld from the Company match. SEE SECTION, BELOW, ENTITLED "WHAT IS THE AMOUNT OF THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION?" EXAMPLE. BOB PARTICIPATED IN THE EIP DURING THE 2002 PLAN YEAR AND ELECTED TO CONTRIBUTE 10% OF HIS EIP COVERED COMPENSATION. BY THE FIRST PAY PERIOD OF FEBRUARY 2002, HE CONTRIBUTED $10,500 IN PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE EIP. IN THAT SAME PAY PERIOD, BOB RECEIVED HIS AIP BONUS OF $125,000. HOWEVER, BOB ELECTED TO DEFER $25,000 OF HIS $125,000 AIP BONUS UNDER THE COMPANY'S DEFERRED COMPENSATION FOR EXECUTIVES. THUS, ONLY $5,000 OF BOB'S ACTUAL $100,000 AIP BONUS (I.E., $125,000 GROSS AIP BONUS LESS $25,000 DEFERRED AIP BONUS) WAS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT AS COVERED COMPENSATION UNDER THE EIP FOR PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION PURPOSES BECAUSE HE REACHED THE EIP'S $11,000 MAXIMUM PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION FOR 2002. THIS IS THE CASE BECAUSE 10% OF $5,000 IS $500, WHICH IS THE AMOUNT HE NEEDED TO REACH THE $11,000 LIMIT. THUS, ASSUMING THAT BOB BECOMES A PARTICIPANT IN THE PLAN AS OF THE SECOND PAY PERIOD OF FEBRUARY 2002, HE WILL BE PERMITTED TO DO A MAKE-UP CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN UP TO $9,500 (I.E., $95,000 X 10%). IF BOB HAD COMPLETED ONE YEAR OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY AS OF THE DATE HE BECAME A PARTICIPANT IN FEBRUARY 2002, THIS $9,500 CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR THE COMPANY MATCH. WHAT IS THE AMOUNT OF Any contribution made to the Plan by a THE MATCHING participant on or after completion of one year of CONTRIBUTION? service with the Company will be eligible to receive a discretionary Company matching contribution, as described below, PROVIDED, the participant is actively employed with the Company, except in the case the participant retires during such Plan Year as of the last working day of the Plan Year to which the matching contribution relates. The discretionary Company matching contribution, if any, under the Plan will be based on Company performance and economic and financial conditions prevailing and anticipated at the time. To the extent the Company provides a matching contribution for any Plan Year, such Company matching contribution will be made to the Plan following that Plan Year and as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the Company determines the amount of such matching contribution. Because the Company match is immediately taxable income, appropriate taxes will be withheld (either from your regular pay so that the entire Company match can go into your Account or from the Company match itself). IN WHOSE NAME WILL MY Your Account will be a regular individual brokerage ACCOUNT BE account registered in your name with Charles Schwab. REGISTERED? Unlike the EIP, you (not a trust) will own the investments directly and in your name. No funds are set aside in a trust or held by the Company. HOW CAN I INVEST THE You will need to contact Charles Schwab directly FUNDS IN MY ACCOUNT? and select how to invest the funds in your Account. Charles Schwab offers various investment options for you to choose from. Because your Account is a regular individual brokerage account, you have sole responsibility to make and monitor your investments under the Plan. Your investments through the Account can go up or down, and any risk of loss is borne by you. The Company's only involvement is limited to determining and making the match, if any, and depositing your payroll and eligible AIP make-up contributions to the Plan. ALSO, YOU SHOULD BE AWARE THAT CHARLES SCHWAB MAY HAVE REQUIREMENTS, LIMITATIONS, COMMISSIONS, CONDITIONS, AND FEES WITH RESPECT TO THE INVESTMENT OF FUNDS CONTRIBUTED TO YOUR ACCOUNT. SUCH MATTERS ARE SOLELY WITHIN THE CONTROL OF CHARLES SCHWAB AND NOT THE COMPANY. FULFILLMENT OR COMPLIANCE WITH ANY OF THESE REQUIREMENTS, LIMITATIONS OR CONDITIONS AND PAYMENT OF ANY COMMISSIONS AND FEES IS YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY. DOES THE COMPANY The Company will not protect or guarantee your PROTECT ME AND MY Account in any way. Thus, for example, if your INVESTMENTS IF MY investments lose money, the stock markets crash, or INVESTMENTS LOSE Charles Schwab files bankruptcy or is otherwise MONEY? unable to cover the funds credited to your Account, you alone will assume the risk of loss on your investments. SINCE EACH INVESTMENT OPTION PRESENTS VARYING DEGREES OF RISK AND RETURN CHARACTERISTICS, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISOR BEFORE SELECTING WHICH INVESTMENT OPTIONS ARE RIGHT FOR YOU. WILL I RECEIVE ACCOUNT Charles Schwab will send you periodic statements STATEMENTS? regarding your Account balance and transaction confirmations. The frequency and content of any information regarding your Account are the sole responsibility of Charles Schwab, and not the Company. MAY I WITHDRAW FUNDS Because you own your Account, you are permitted to FROM MY ACCOUNT withdraw funds at any time. However, please remember WHILE I AM EMPLOYED that if you withdraw your funds and close your BY THE COMPANY? Account, you will need to timely re-open your Account in order to avoid any interruption in your payroll and eligible AIP make-up contributions to the Plan if you reach the EIP maximum contribution limit. WHAT ARE MY OPTIONS After your separation from employment with the WITH RESPECT TO MY Company, you are permitted to request a withdrawal ACCOUNT AFTER MY from your Account at any time. The Company has no SEPARATION FROM involvement with your Account after you separate EMPLOYMENT WITH THE from employment. However, if a Company match is COMPANY? mistakenly made to your Account following your separation from employment, the Company has a right to obtain a refund of that money. WHAT ARE THE TAX The federal income tax laws are complex and CONSEQUENCES OF change from time to time. The following description PARTICIPATING IN THE is based on the current federal income tax laws and PLAN? does not discuss tax consequences of participating in the Plan under any local, state, or foreign tax laws. Also, the following description is intended solely to be general and should not be relied upon as specific tax advice. BECAUSE EACH INDIVIDUAL'S SITUATION IS UNIQUE, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN. The Plan is a voluntary investment program. There is no identifiable tax benefit to you by participating in the Plan. Specifically, you should be aware of the following: [ ] Your payroll deduction contributions are made on an after-tax basis. This means that your contributions are included in your gross income and are subject to federal income, employment (including Social Security) and other taxes. [ ] You will have taxable income upon the payment of any Company matching contribution to the Plan. Thus, the Company is required to withhold specific amounts of tax in connection with any matching contribution. [ ] Buying and selling securities and other investments in your Account may generate taxable income, either as capital gains or ordinary income. It will be your responsibility to report this income and pay any applicable taxes. [ ] In order for you to correctly report and pay any taxes with respect to the investment of your Account, you must accurately record your basis in any investment. YOU SOLELY BEAR THE RESPONSIBILITY TO ASCERTAIN ANY REPORTABLE INCOME WITH RESPECT TO YOUR ACCOUNT, AND REPORT SUCH INCOME AND PAY ANY APPLICABLE TAXES. FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO ANY TAX FOR WHICH YOU ARE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO YOUR ACCOUNT, YOU SHOULD CONTACT EITHER CHARLES SCHWAB, ANY OTHER OFFEROR OF INVESTMENTS HELD IN YOUR ACCOUNT, AND/OR YOUR TAX ADVISOR. IS THIS A TAX-QUALIFIED The Plan is a non-qualified retirement plan, PLAN? which means that the Plan is not qualified under Sections 401(a), 401(k), or 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Thus, the benefits offered under such Sections of the Code, including but not limited to deferral of taxes on contributions or investment earnings, are not available to you by participating in the Plan. IS THIS AN ERISA PLAN? The Plan is not subject to any of the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including but not limited to the reporting, disclosure, and fiduciary responsibility rules. CAN THE PLAN BE LS&CO. reserves the right to amend, suspend or AMENDED OR terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, TERMINATED? in whole or in part, including the existence, timing, or amount of the Company match, the suspension rules or the brokerage firm. The Plan may be amended in writing by the Board of Directors of LS&CO. or by any person to whom the Board of Directors has delegated such authority. In addition, Charles Schwab may change its rules, policies, investment choices and fee and commissions structure. Those changes, and any communications describing such changes, are the sole responsibility of Charles Schwab. WHO ADMINISTERS THE The Plan is administered by the Administrative PLAN? Committee for Retirement Plans, to the extent described below. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, is responsible for administration of the Plan in the following respects: [ ] Determination of eligibility to participate; [ ] Interpretation of the Plan; and [ ] The provision of forms relating to participation in the Plan, excluding any forms required by Charles Schwab in connection with your Account. WHAT ARE CHARLES With respect to the Plan, Charles Schwab is SCHWAB'S responsible for the following: RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER THE PLAN? [ ] The investments offered to Plan participants; [ ] The provision of information to Plan participants regarding Accounts, including but not limited to information regarding assets held in your Account, dividends paid with respect to Account investments, gains or losses on transactions involving your Account investments, and taxes for which you may be liable with respect to your Account or its investments; and [ ] The execution of your investment instructions with respect to your Account. CHARLES SCHWAB HAS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY WITH RESPECT TO YOUR ACCOUNT. THE COMPANY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REQUIREMENTS, CONDITIONS, INVESTMENT OPTIONS OR OTHER DECISIONS BY CHARLES SCHWAB, OR FOR THE CONTENT OR TIMING OF ANY COMMUNICATIONS OR REPORTS FROM CHARLES SCHWAB. WHO DO I CONTACT FOR If you have any questions about the Plan, ADDITIONAL please contact U.S. Retirement Benefits: INFORMATION ABOUT THE PLAN? U.S. Retirement Benefits Levi Strauss & Co. P.O. Box 7215 San Francisco, CA 94120 Phone: (415) 501-1532 The Company may from time to time distribute information about the Plan via hard copy, email, or voicemail. EX-10 15 ex10-51.txt CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN (AMENDMENT) EXHIBIT 10.51 CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AMENDMENTS WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") maintains the Capital Accumulation Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Plan"); and WHEREAS, the Plan provides that the Company may amend the Plan at any time and for any reason, in whole or in part; and WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to permit participants in the Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "EIP"), who receive their AIP bonus in the same pay period in which they contribute the maximum amount of pre-tax contributions to the EIP, to make a one-time "make-up" contribution to the Plan effective as of January 1, 2001; and WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of LS&CO. authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and to further delegate the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan; and WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the Plan and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and WHEREAS, the amendments herein are within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; NOW THEREFORE, effective as of January 1, 2001, the Plan is hereby amended and restated, in its entirety, as set forth in the Exhibit attached hereto. * * * IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LS&CO. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this _______ day of ________________, 2001. LEVI STRAUSS & CO. ____________________________________ Fred D. Paulenich Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources EX-10 16 ex10-50.txt CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN EXHIBIT 10.50 CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001) PLAN DOCUMENT AND EMPLOYEE BOOKLET __________________ CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN OF LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001) PLAN DOCUMENT AND EMPLOYEE BOOKLET INTRODUCTION Beginning in 1996, Levi Strauss & Co. ("LS&CO.") established the Capital Accumulation Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Plan"). The Plan provides a vehicle by which certain eligible employees of LS&CO. or its subsidiaries that participate under the Employee Investment Plan (the "EIP") (collectively, the "Company") can supplement their retirement savings by contributing a portion of their eligible compensation through after-tax payroll deduction upon reaching the maximum contribution amount allowed under the EIP. Eligible after-tax contributions under the Plan are deposited into an individual retail brokerage account offered by Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (the "Account"), which must be established through LS&CO. In addition, after completing one year of service with the Company, each eligible employee who contributes under the Plan through after-tax payroll deduction will receive a Company matching contribution in his or her Account equal to 75% of his or her contribution. The benefits and other provisions described in this Plan Document and Employee Booklet are effective only if you are eligible to participate and become a participant in the Plan. THE COMPANY DOES NOT ENDORSE, RECOMMEND OR GUARANTEE ANY INVESTMENT OR SERVICE OFFERED, PROVIDED OR PROMISED BY CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC. ("CHARLES SCHWAB") OR ANY OTHER OFFEROR OF INVESTMENTS. BECAUSE THE ACCOUNT IS A REGULAR INDIVIDUAL RETAIL BROKERAGE ACCOUNT, YOU ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR SELECTING AND MONITORING YOUR INVESTMENT CHOICES, PAYING RELATED COMMISSIONS AND CHARGES, AND FOR INVESTMENT RESULTS FROM PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN. COMPANY INVOLVEMENT IS LIMITED TO ESTABLISHING YOUR AFTER-TAX PAYROLL DEDUCTION AND MAKING THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION. ALL FUNDS CONTRIBUTED BY YOU AND THE COMPANY UNDER THE PLAN ARE DEPOSITED INTO YOUR ACCOUNT. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY TRUST HOLDS ANY OF THESE FUNDS. WHO IS ELIGIBLE TO During any "Plan Year," as defined below, you PARTICIPATE IN THE are eligible to participate in the Plan if you are PLAN? currently employed by the Company and meet ALL of the following requirements: [ ] You are eligible to participate and elected to participate in the EIP during the Plan Year; and [ ] With respect to the EIP: (1) You contributed the maximum amount permitted under the EIP during the Plan Year. For example, for the Plan Year ending in November 2001, the maximum amount that you could contribute to the EIP was $17,000; or (2) You received your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount of pre-tax contributions permitted under the EIP during the Plan Year. For example, for the Plan Year ending in November 2001, the maximum amount that you could contribute to the EIP was $10,500. The "Plan Year" for the Plan is LS&CO.'s fiscal year, which ends on the last Sunday of each November. HOW CAN I ENROLL IN If you are eligible to participate in the Plan and THE PLAN? have an existing Account, then you will be automatically enrolled in the Plan. In the event that you do not have an existing Account, you must submit a completed and signed "Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. account application form" to U.S. Retirement Benefits (and NOT to Charles Schwab) to enroll in the Plan. Please send the form to: Levi Strauss & Co., U.S. Retirement Benefits, 1155 Battery Street KO/1, San Francisco, CA 94111. WHEN WILL I BECOME A If you are eligible to participate and become PARTICIPANT? enrolled in the Plan, you will become a participant in the Plan as of the date on which your after-tax contributions are credited to your Account. If you properly set up your Account by the pay period in which you contributed the maximum amount under the EIP, your after-tax contributions through payroll will begin to be credited to your Account as of the following pay period. If you do not have an existing Account at the time you become eligible, your after-tax contributions will usually begin to be credited to your Account within three or four weeks after your Account is established. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW, YOU WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO MAKE ANY RETROACTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN. HOW LONG CAN I You can continue to participate in the Plan PARTICIPATE IN THE through the last pay period in December of each PLAN? year, provided that you continue to be paid on the Home Office payroll of LS&CO. through such date. If you cease being paid on the Home Office payroll before such date, then your participation under the Plan will cease as of the last pay period in which you are paid on the Home Office payroll of LS&CO. EXAMPLE. JEAN IS PAID ON THE HOME OFFICE PAYROLL OF LS&CO. DURING THE 2001 AND 2002 PLAN YEARS. JEAN PARTICIPATED IN THE EIP DURING THE 2001 PLAN YEAR AND CONTRIBUTED 10% OF HER EIP COVERED COMPENSATION. IN THE FIRST PAY PERIOD OF APRIL 2001, JEAN REACHED THE MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION AMOUNT UNDER THE EIP FOR THAT PLAN YEAR (I.E., $17,000) AND HAD AN EXISTING ACCOUNT. BEGINNING WITH THE NEXT PAY PERIOD OF APRIL 2001, SHE BECAME A PARTICIPANT IN THE PLAN. JEAN MAY CONTINUE PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN UNTIL THE LAST PAY PERIOD IN DECEMBER 2001. AS OF THE FIRST PAY PERIOD IN JANUARY 2002, JEAN WILL AGAIN BE ELIGIBLE TO MAKE PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE EIP. IF JEAN CONTRIBUTES THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT PERMITTED UNDER THE EIP DURING 2002, SHE WILL AGAIN BECOME ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE PLAN THROUGH THE LAST PAY PERIOD IN DECEMBER 2002. If you cease being paid on the Home Office payroll while you participate in the Plan, you will not be permitted to make any additional contributions to the Plan through payroll deduction and you will not be entitled to receive the Company match. However, if you resume being paid on the Home Office payroll before the last pay period of December in the year in which you participated in the Plan and have an existing Account, then you will be eligible to recommence your participation in the Plan. If you do not have an existing Account when you resume being paid on Home Office payroll, then you will be eligible to recommence your participation in the Plan as of the first pay period after you reestablish your Account. Please note that your after-tax contributions to your Account will usually restart within three or four weeks after your Account is reestablished. AGAIN, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW, PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO MAKE ANY RETROACTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you become a participant in the Plan because you received your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount of pre-tax contributions permitted under the EIP during the Plan Year, your participation in the Plan will terminate immediately as of the date your one-time make-up contribution is credited to your Account, in accordance with the Section entitled "BESIDES PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS, IS THERE ANY OTHER WAY TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE PLAN?" However, you will be eligible to recommence your participation in the Plan during such Plan Year, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, if you contribute the maximum amount permitted under the EIP during such Plan Year. HOW MUCH MAY I You may contribute up to 10% (in 1% increments) of CONTRIBUTE TO THE your "covered compensation," as defined below, to PLAN DURING EACH PAY your Account during each pay period that you are PERIOD? eligible to participate in the Plan. Unless you specify otherwise, your CAP contribution percentage will be the percentage you elected under the EIP (up to 10%). If your covered compensation increases during the year, the amount of your payroll deduction to the Plan will also increase because your deduction is based on your designated contribution percentage. Likewise, if your covered compensation decreases during the year, the amount of your payroll deduction to the Plan will also decrease. "Covered compensation" means your base salary, AIP bonus, including deferrals of such amounts under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives. CAN I CHANGE MY You may increase (up to 10%), decrease, or stop PAYROLL DEDUCTION? your payroll deductions to the Plan at any time. Your request will become effective as soon as practicable following the date you submit your request. Generally, your request will take at least two pay periods to become effective. WHAT HAPPENS TO MY The amount deducted from your paycheck, along with PAYROLL DEDUCTION? the Company match, will be sent to Charles Schwab and automatically deposited into a money market fund in your Account. You may then contact Charles Schwab directly to request that your funds be redirected to other investments offered through Charles Schwab. BESIDES PAYROLL Generally, you are permitted to contribute up to 10% DEDUCTIONS, IS THERE of your covered compensation to your Account only ANY OTHER WAY TO through payroll deductions. However, there are three CONTRIBUTE TO THE important exceptions to this general rule. PLAN? [ ] You may transfer funds from non-payroll sources to your Account at any time by sending a hand-drawn personal check directly to Charles Schwab and NOT to the Company. Because you own your Account, you are permitted to make these contributions to your Account at any time. HOWEVER, SUCH OUTSIDE FUNDS WILL NOT BE ELIGIBLE FOR THE 75% COMPANY MATCH. [ ] If you receive your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount permitted under the EIP, then you will be permitted to do a one-time "make-up" contribution to your Account by submitting a hand-drawn personal check to U.S. Retirement Benefits, PROVIDED that you have an existing Account AND U.S. Retirement Benefits receives your check no later than 30 days after it sends you notification of your right to do such make-up contribution. Your maximum AIP make-up contribution will be limited to 10% of that portion of your AIP bonus (including AIP deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives) that cannot be taken into account as covered compensation under the EIP. If you have completed one year of service with the Company, your eligible AIP make-up contribution will also receive the 75% Company match; however, appropriate taxes will be withheld from the Company match. SEE SECTION, BELOW, ENTITLED "WHAT IS THE AMOUNT OF THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION?" EXAMPLE. CHRIS PARTICIPATED IN THE EIP DURING THE 2001 PLAN YEAR AND ELECTED TO CONTRIBUTE 10% OF HIS EIP COVERED COMPENSATION. BY THE FIRST PAY PERIOD OF FEBRUARY 2001, HE HAD CONTRIBUTED $16,500 TO THE EIP. IN THAT SAME PAY PERIOD, CHRIS RECEIVED HIS AIP BONUS OF $60,000. ONLY $5,000 OF CHRIS' $60,000 AIP BONUS WAS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT AS COVERED COMPENSATION UNDER THE EIP BECAUSE HE REACHED THE EIP'S $17,000 MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION LIMIT FOR 2001. THIS IS THE CASE BECAUSE 10% OF $5,000 IS $500, WHICH IS THE AMOUNT HE NEEDED TO REACH THE $17,000 LIMIT. THUS, ASSUMING THAT CHRIS BECOMES A PARTICIPANT IN THE PLAN AS OF THE SECOND PAY PERIOD OF FEBRUARY 2001 AND THAT HE HAS COMPLETED ONE YEAR OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY AS OF SUCH DATE, HE WILL BE PERMITTED TO DO A MAKE-UP CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN UP TO $5,500 (I.E., $55,000 X 10%). THIS $5,500 CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN WILL ALSO BE ELIGIBLE FOR THE 75% COMPANY MATCH. [ ] If you received your AIP bonus in the same pay period that you contributed the maximum amount of pre-tax contributions permitted under the EIP, then you will be permitted to do a one-time "make-up" contribution to your Account by submitting a hand-drawn personal check to U.S. Retirement Benefits, PROVIDED that you have an existing Account AND U.S. Retirement Benefits receives your check no later than 30 days after it sends you notification of your right to do such make-up contribution. Your maximum AIP make-up contribution will be limited to 10% of that portion of your AIP bonus (EXCLUDING AIP deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives) that could not be taken into account as covered compensation under the EIP for purposes of after-tax contributions. If you have completed one year of service with the Company, your eligible AIP make-up contribution will also receive the Company match; however, appropriate taxes will be withheld from the Company match. SEE SECTION, BELOW, ENTITLED "WHAT IS THE AMOUNT OF THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION?" EXAMPLE. BOB PARTICIPATED IN THE EIP DURING THE 2001 PLAN YEAR AND ELECTED TO CONTRIBUTE 10% OF HIS EIP COVERED COMPENSATION. BY THE FIRST PAY PERIOD OF FEBRUARY 2001, HE CONTRIBUTED $10,000 IN PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE EIP. IN THAT SAME PAY PERIOD, BOB RECEIVED HIS AIP BONUS OF $125,000. HOWEVER, BOB ELECTED TO DEFER $25,000 OF HIS $125,000 AIP BONUS UNDER THE COMPANY'S DEFERRED COMPENSATION FOR EXECUTIVES. THUS, ONLY $5,000 OF BOB'S ACTUAL $100,000 AIP BONUS (I.E., $125,000 GROSS AIP BONUS LESS $25,000 DEFERRED AIP BONUS) WAS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT AS COVERED COMPENSATION UNDER THE EIP FOR PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION PURPOSES BECAUSE HE REACHED THE EIP'S $10,500 MAXIMUM PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION FOR 2001. THIS IS THE CASE BECAUSE 10% OF $5,000 IS $500, WHICH IS THE AMOUNT HE NEEDED TO REACH THE $10,500 LIMIT. THUS, ASSUMING THAT BOB BECOMES A PARTICIPANT IN THE PLAN AS OF THE SECOND PAY PERIOD OF FEBRUARY 2001 AND THAT HE HAS COMPLETED ONE YEAR OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY AS OF SUCH DATE, HE WILL BE PERMITTED TO DO A MAKE-UP CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN UP TO $9,500 (I.E., $95,000 X 10%). THIS $9,500 CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN WILL ALSO BE ELIGIBLE FOR THE 75% COMPANY MATCH. WHAT IS THE AMOUNT OF Upon completion of one year of service with the THE MATCHING Company, the Company matches 75% of your payroll and CONTRIBUTION? eligible AIP make-up contributions to the Plan. Because the Company match is immediately taxable income, appropriate taxes will be withheld from your regular pay so that the entire Company match can go into your Account. However, if you make an eligible AIP make-up contribution to the Plan, your hand-drawn personal check and Company match (after appropriate taxes are withheld from such match) will be deposited into your Account. IN WHOSE NAME WILL MY Your Account will be a regular individual ACCOUNT BE brokerage account registered in your name with REGISTERED? Charles Schwab. Unlike the EIP, you (not a trust) will own the investments directly and in your name. No funds are set aside in a trust or held by the Company. HOW CAN I INVEST THE You will need to contact Charles Schwab directly FUNDS IN MY ACCOUNT? and select how to invest the funds in your Account. Charles Schwab offers various investment options for you to choose from. Because your Account is a regular individual brokerage account, you have sole responsibility to make and monitor your investments under the Plan. Your investments through the Account can go up or down, and any risk of loss is borne by you. The Company's only involvement is limited to making the match and depositing your payroll and eligible AIP make-up contributions to the Plan. ALSO, YOU SHOULD BE AWARE THAT CHARLES SCHWAB MAY HAVE REQUIREMENTS, LIMITATIONS, COMMISSIONS, CONDITIONS, AND FEES WITH RESPECT TO THE INVESTMENT OF FUNDS CONTRIBUTED TO YOUR ACCOUNT. SUCH MATTERS ARE SOLELY WITHIN THE CONTROL OF CHARLES SCHWAB AND NOT THE COMPANY. FULFILLMENT OR COMPLIANCE WITH ANY OF THESE REQUIREMENTS, LIMITATIONS OR CONDITIONS AND PAYMENT OF ANY COMMISSIONS AND FEES IS YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY. DOES THE COMPANY The Company will not protect or guarantee your PROTECT ME AND MY Account in any way. Thus, for example, if your INVESTMENTS IF MY investments lose money, the stock markets crash, or INVESTMENTS LOSE Charles Schwab files bankruptcy or is otherwise MONEY? unable to cover the funds credited to your Account, you alone will assume the risk of loss on your investments. SINCE EACH INVESTMENT OPTION PRESENTS VARYING DEGREES OF RISK AND RETURN CHARACTERISTICS, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISOR BEFORE SELECTING WHICH INVESTMENT OPTIONS ARE RIGHT FOR YOU. WILL I RECEIVE ACCOUNT Charles Schwab will send you periodic statements STATEMENTS? regarding your Account balance and transaction confirmations. The frequency and content of any information regarding your Account are the sole responsibility of Charles Schwab, and not the Company. MAY I WITHDRAW FUNDS Because you own your Account, you are permitted to FROM MY ACCOUNT withdraw funds at any time. However, please remember WHILE I AM EMPLOYED that if you withdraw your funds and close your BY THE COMPANY? Account, you will need to timely re-open your Account in order to avoid any interruption in your payroll and eligible AIP make-up contributions to the Plan if you reach the EIP maximum contribution limit. WHAT ARE MY OPTIONS After your separation from employment with the WITH RESPECT TO MY Company, you are permitted to request a withdrawal ACCOUNT AFTER MY from your Account at any time. The Company has no SEPARATION FROM involvement with your Account after you separate EMPLOYMENT WITH THE from employment. However, if a Company match is COMPANY? mistakenly made to your Account following your separation from employment, the Company has a right to obtain a refund of that money. WHAT ARE THE TAX The federal income tax laws are complex and change CONSEQUENCES OF from time to time. The following description is PARTICIPATING IN THE based on the current federal income tax laws and PLAN? does not discuss tax consequences of participating in the Plan under any local, state, or foreign tax laws. Also, the following description is intended solely to be general and should not be relied upon as specific tax advice. BECAUSE EACH INDIVIDUAL'S SITUATION IS UNIQUE, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN. The Plan is a voluntary investment program. There is no identifiable tax benefit to you by participating in the Plan. Specifically, you should be aware of the following: [ ] Your payroll deduction contributions are made on an after-tax basis. This means that your contributions are included in your gross income and are subject to federal income, employment (including Social Security) and other taxes. [ ] You will have taxable income upon the payment of the Company match. The Company is required to withhold specific amounts of tax in connection with the match. [ ] Buying and selling securities and other investments in your Account may generate taxable income, either as capital gains or ordinary income. It will be your responsibility to report this income and pay any applicable taxes. [ ] In order for you to correctly report and pay any taxes with respect to the investment of your Account, you must accurately record your basis in any investment. YOU SOLELY BEAR THE RESPONSIBILITY TO ASCERTAIN ANY REPORTABLE INCOME WITH RESPECT TO YOUR ACCOUNT, AND REPORT SUCH INCOME AND PAY ANY APPLICABLE TAXES. FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO ANY TAX FOR WHICH YOU ARE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO YOUR ACCOUNT, YOU SHOULD CONTACT EITHER CHARLES SCHWAB, ANY OTHER OFFEROR OF INVESTMENTS HELD IN YOUR ACCOUNT, AND/OR YOUR TAX ADVISOR. IS THIS A TAX-QUALIFIED The Plan is a non-qualified retirement plan, which PLAN? means that the Plan is not qualified under Sections 401(a), 401(k), or 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Thus, the benefits offered under such Sections of the Code, including but not limited to deferral of taxes on contributions or investment earnings, are not available to you by participating in the Plan. IS THIS AN ERISA PLAN? The Plan is not subject to any of the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including but not limited to the reporting, disclosure, and fiduciary responsibility rules. CAN THE PLAN BE LS&CO. reserves the right to amend, suspend or AMENDED OR terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, TERMINATED? in whole or in part, including the existence, timing, or amount of the Company match, the suspension rules or the brokerage firm. The Plan may be amended in writing by the Board of Directors of LS&CO. or by any person to whom the Board of Directors has delegated such authority. In addition, Charles Schwab may change its rules, policies, investment choices and fee and commissions structure. Those changes, and any communications describing such changes, are the sole responsibility of Charles Schwab. WHO ADMINISTERS THE The Plan is administered by the Administrative PLAN? Committee for Retirement Plans, to the extent described below. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, is responsible for administration of the Plan in the following respects: [ ] Determination of eligibility to participate; [ ] Interpretation of the Plan; and [ ] The provision of forms relating to participation in the Plan, excluding any forms required by Charles Schwab in connection with your Account. WHAT ARE CHARLES With respect to the Plan, Charles Schwab is SCHWAB'S responsible for the following: RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER THE PLAN? [ ] The investments offered to Plan participants; [ ] The provision of information to Plan participants regarding Accounts, including but not limited to information regarding assets held in your Account, dividends paid with respect to Account investments, gains or losses on transactions involving your Account investments, and taxes for which you may be liable with respect to your Account or its investments; and [ ] The execution of your investment instructions with respect to your Account. CHARLES SCHWAB HAS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY WITH RESPECT TO YOUR ACCOUNT. THE COMPANY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REQUIREMENTS, CONDITIONS, INVESTMENT OPTIONS OR OTHER DECISIONS BY CHARLES SCHWAB, OR FOR THE CONTENT OR TIMING OF ANY COMMUNICATIONS OR REPORTS FROM CHARLES SCHWAB. WHO DO I CONTACT FOR If you have any questions about the Plan, please ADDITIONAL contact U.S. Retirement Benefits: INFORMATION ABOUT THE PLAN? U.S. Retirement Benefits Levi Strauss & Co. P.O. Box 7215 San Francisco, CA 94120 Phone: (415) 501-1532 The Company may from time to time distribute information about the Plan via hard copy, email, or voicemail. EX-12 17 ex12.txt RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
EXHIBIT 12 Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges For Fiscal Years Ended 1997 - 2001 (000's) Fiscal Year Ended ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 11/25/01 11/26/00 11/28/99 11/29/98 11/30/97 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed Charges: Interest: Interest expense (includes amortization of debt discount and costs) $ 230,772 $ 234,098 $ 182,978 $ 178,035 $ 212,358 Capitalized debt costs 49,730 34,769 15,729 27,447 25,221 Interest factor in rental expense 24,652 26,026 28,700 26,733 32,600 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Total fixed charges 305,154 294,893 227,407 232,215 270,179 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Earnings: Income (loss) before income taxes 239,689 343,680 8,499 162,700 184,281 Add: Fixed charges 305,154 294,893 227,407 232,215 270,179 Subtract: Capitalized debt costs (49,730) (34,769) (15,729) (27,447) (25,221) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Earnings 495,113 603,804 220,177 367,468 429,239 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 1.6 2.0 1.0 1.6 1.6 In computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (1) earnings have been based on income from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges (exclusive of capitalized debt costs) and (2) fixed charges consist of interest and debt discount and cost expenses (including amounts capitalized) and the estimated interest portion of rents.
EX-21 18 ex21.txt LS&CO. STRUCTURE AS OF 1/1/02 EXHIBIT 21 LEVI STRAUSS & CO STRUCTURE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2002 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. Battery Street Enterprises, Inc. Levi Strauss Services, Inc. Hartwell Commodities Group Levi Strauss (Hong Kong) Limited Levi Strauss Dominicana, S.A. Levi Strauss Eximco de Columbia Limitada Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation Levi Strauss Securitization Corp. Levi Strauss Global Fulfillment Services, Inc. Levi Strauss International Levi Strauss & Co. - Europe S.A. Casualwear Direct B.V. Levi Strauss & Co. Financial Services Levi Strauss & Co. (Canada) Inc. Levi Strauss (Australia) Pty. Ltd. Levi Strauss (Belgium) S.A. Levi Strauss (Far East) Limited Levi Strauss do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda PT Levi Strauss Indonesia Levi Strauss (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. Levi Strauss (New Zealand) Limited Levi Strauss (Phil.) Inc. II Levi Strauss (Philippines) Inc. Levi Strauss (Suisse) S.A. Levi Strauss (U.K.) Limited Farvista Limited Levi Strauss Pension Trustee Limited Middlebrook Limited Retailindex Limited Levi Strauss Asia Pacific Division Pte Ltd Levi Strauss Chile Limitada Levi Strauss Continental S.A. Levi Strauss International Group Finance B.V.B.A./S.P.R.L. Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services C.V.A./S.C.A. Paris - O.L.S. S.A.R.L. Levi Strauss de Espana, S.A. Levi Strauss de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Levi Strauss France, S.A. Levi Strauss Germany GmbH Levi Strauss Global Operations, Inc. Levi Strauss Nederland B.V. Dockers Europe BV Casual Wear Company A.S. Dockers Portugal Clothing, Lda Levi Strauss Hellas S.A. Levi Strauss Polska Sp. zo.o Levi Strauss Praha, spol. sro. Levi Strauss South Africa (Proprietary) Limited Levi Strauss Hungary Trading Limited Liability Company Levi Strauss Istanbul Konfeksiyon Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S. Levi Strauss Italia Srl Flagstore S.r.l. Levi Strauss Korea Ltd. Levi Strauss Latin America, Inc. Levi Strauss Latin America, Inc. & Cia. Levi Strauss Mauritius Limited Levi Strauss (India) Private Limited Levi Strauss Pakistan (Private) Limited Levi Strauss Norway A/S Buksehjornet A/S (Joint Stock Company) Levi Strauss, U.S.A., LLC Levi Strauss-Argentina, LLC Saddleman South America, Inc. Suomen Levi Strauss OY Levi Strauss International, Inc. Levi Strauss Japan Kabushiki Kaisha Levi's Only Stores, Inc. Majestic Insurance International Ltd. Miratrix, S.A. NF Industries, Inc. Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----